WO2023035251A1 - Wireless communication method and communication device - Google Patents

Wireless communication method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023035251A1
WO2023035251A1 PCT/CN2021/117827 CN2021117827W WO2023035251A1 WO 2023035251 A1 WO2023035251 A1 WO 2023035251A1 CN 2021117827 W CN2021117827 W CN 2021117827W WO 2023035251 A1 WO2023035251 A1 WO 2023035251A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sliv
invalid
harq
ack information
corresponds
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/117827
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴作敏
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/117827 priority Critical patent/WO2023035251A1/en
Priority to CN202180100992.3A priority patent/CN117730595A/en
Publication of WO2023035251A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023035251A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and more specifically, to a wireless communication method and a communication device.
  • Certain communication systems support scheduling of multiple physical channels with one control message.
  • one control message usually corresponds to multiple start length indicators (start&length indicator, SLIV).
  • start&length indicator, SLIV start&length indicator
  • the multiple SLIVs may contain invalid SLIVs.
  • the present application provides a wireless communication method and communication equipment, so as to avoid communication confusion between the two communicating parties.
  • a wireless communication method including: a first device receives first control information, the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein the invalid SLIV corresponds to hybrid automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat reQuest, HARQ) process number and/or hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment (hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement, HARQ-ACK) information; or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to HARQ Process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • hybrid automatic repeat request hybrid automatic repeat reQuest, HARQ
  • hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement
  • a wireless communication method including: the second device sends first control information, the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein the invalid The SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
  • a communication device configured to receive first control information, where the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, so The multiple configured SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein, the invalid SLIVs correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIVs do not correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • a communication device configured to send first control information, the first control information corresponds to a plurality of configuration SLIVs, and the The multiple configured SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein, the invalid SLIVs correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIVs do not correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • a communication device including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store programs, and the processor is used to call the programs in the memory to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect method.
  • an apparatus including a processor, configured to call a program from a memory, so as to execute the method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a chip including a processor, configured to call a program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a program is stored, and the program causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a computer program product including a program, the program causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a computer program causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information. It can be seen that the embodiment of the present application clarifies the processing method of the invalid SLIV, thereby avoiding the communication confusion caused by the inconsistency of understanding of the processing method of the invalid SLIV by the communicating parties.
  • 1A-1C are exemplary diagrams of a communication system to which the embodiments of the present application can be applied.
  • Fig. 2 is an example diagram of one DCI scheduling multiple SLIVs.
  • FIG. 3 is an example diagram of invalid SLIVs among multiple SLIVs scheduled by a DCI.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is an example diagram of a possible processing manner of an invalid SLIV provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is an example diagram of a processing manner of an invalid SLIV provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is an example diagram of a scheduling sequence of physical channels corresponding to DCI and SLIV according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-A advanced long term evolution
  • new radio new radio, NR
  • evolution system of NR system LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum
  • NR NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum
  • NR-U network unlicensed spectrum
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunications system
  • UMTS wireless local area network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • 5G fifth generation communication
  • 5G fifth generation communication
  • 5G fifth generation communication
  • future communication systems such as the sixth
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (carrier aggregation, CA) scenario, may also be applied to a dual connectivity (dual connectivity, DC) scenario, and may also be applied to an independent (standalone, SA) network deployment scenario.
  • carrier aggregation carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • SA independent network deployment scenario
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, wherein the unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a licensed spectrum, wherein the licensed spectrum can also be Considered a dedicated spectrum.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to an NTN system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (terrestrial networks, TN) system.
  • the NTN system includes an NR-based NTN system and an IoT-based NTN system.
  • Embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein the terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile Terminal, MT), remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MS mobile terminal
  • MT mobile Terminal
  • remote station remote terminal, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a station (STATION, ST) in the WLAN, and may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as NR networks
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • a terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, and can be used to connect people, things and machines, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, vehicle-mounted devices, and the like.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can be mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart Wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, etc.
  • UE can be used to act as a base station.
  • a UE may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in V2X or D2D, etc.
  • a cell phone and an automobile communicate with each other using sidelink signals. Communication between cellular phones and smart home devices without relaying communication signals through base stations.
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites) superior).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home.
  • a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal Equipment
  • wireless terminal equipment in industrial control wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home.
  • the terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station , remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE agent or UE device, etc.
  • Terminal equipment can also be fixed or mobile.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may also be called an access network device or a wireless access network device, for example, the network device may be a base station.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • radio access network radio access network, RAN node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • the base station can broadly cover various names in the following, or replace with the following names, such as: Node B (NodeB), evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), relay station, Access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), primary station MeNB, secondary station SeNB, multi-standard wireless (MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node , wireless node, access point (access point, AP), transmission node, transceiver node, base band unit (base band unit, BBU), remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit) , AAU), radio head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), positioning nodes, etc.
  • NodeB Node B
  • evolved base station evolved NodeB
  • eNB evolved base station
  • a base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node, or the like, or a combination thereof.
  • a base station may also refer to a communication module, a modem or a chip configured in the aforementioned equipment or device.
  • the base station can also be a mobile switching center, a device that undertakes the function of a base station in D2D, vehicle-to-everything (V2X), machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, and a device in a 6G network.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • Base stations can support networks of the same or different access technologies. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device.
  • Base stations can be fixed or mobile.
  • a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move according to the location of the mobile base station.
  • a helicopter or drone may be configured to serve as a device in communication with another base station.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a CU or a DU, or, the network device includes a CU and a DU.
  • a gNB may also include an AAU.
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, hand-held or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air.
  • the scenarios where the network device and the terminal device are located are not limited.
  • the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite can be a low earth orbit (low earth orbit, LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (medium earth orbit, MEO) satellite, a geosynchronous earth orbit (geosynchronous earth orbit, GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellite. ) Satellite etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station installed on land, in water, and other locations.
  • the network device may provide services for a cell, and the terminal device communicates with the network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell, where the small cell may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell ( pico cell), femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the transmission resources for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources
  • the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell, where the small cell may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell ( pico cell), femto
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device for communicating with a terminal device 120 (or called a communication terminal, terminal).
  • the network device 110 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
  • FIG. 1A exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and each network device may include other numbers of terminals within the coverage area.
  • the device is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device 1101 and a satellite 1102 are included, and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 .
  • the network formed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may also be referred to as NTN.
  • the satellite 1102 may function as a base station, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may communicate directly. Under the system architecture, the satellite 1102 can be referred to as a network device.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices 1102, and the coverage of each network device 1102 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • it includes a terminal device 1201 , a satellite 1202 and a base station 1203 , wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 1201 and the satellite 1202 , and communication can be performed between the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 .
  • the network formed among the terminal equipment 1201, the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 may also be referred to as NTN.
  • the satellite 1202 may not have the function of a base station, and the communication between the terminal device 1201 and the base station 1203 needs to be relayed through the satellite 1202 .
  • the base station 1203 may be called a network device.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices 1203, and the coverage of each network device 1203 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 1A-Fig. 1C are only illustrations of the systems to which this application is applicable.
  • the methods shown in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other systems, for example, 5G communication systems, LTE communication systems, etc. , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 1A-FIG. 1C may further include a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME), an access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • a device with a communication function in the network/system in the embodiment of the present application may be referred to as a communication device.
  • the communication equipment may include a network equipment 110 and a terminal equipment 120 with communication functions, and the network equipment 110 and the terminal equipment 120 may be the specific equipment described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device may also include other devices in the communication system 100, such as network controllers, mobility management entities and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship.
  • a indicates B which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated, configuration and is configuration etc.
  • the “configuration” in the embodiment of the present application may include configuring through at least one of system messages, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and media access control element (MAC CE) .
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC CE media access control element
  • the "semi-static parameter" in this embodiment of the present application may include at least one of system information, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and media access control element (media access control control element, MAC CE).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • predefined or “preset” may be pre-saved in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices) with corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information implementation, and the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner.
  • the predefined ones may refer to those defined in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the NR system may include the following frequency bands: 52.6GHz-71GHz or 71GHz-114.25GHz.
  • the new frequency band may include licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum.
  • the new frequency bands may include dedicated spectrum as well as shared spectrum.
  • the unlicensed spectrum is a kind of spectrum allocated by the country and region that can be used for radio equipment communication. Unlicensed spectrum is generally considered to be shared. That is to say, as long as communication equipment in different communication systems meets the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the unlicensed spectrum, it can use the unlicensed spectrum without applying for a dedicated spectrum authorization from the government.
  • a communication device needs to follow the principle of "listen before talk (LBT)". For example, a communication device needs to perform a channel access process first. After accessing the channel of the unlicensed spectrum, if the communication device wishes to transmit signals on the channel, it needs to perform channel monitoring or channel sensing (channel sensing) first. Only when the channel monitoring is successful, the communication device can send signals on the channel. If the communication device fails to monitor the channel on the channel, the communication device cannot perform signal transmission.
  • LBT listen before talk
  • Channel listening success is also referred to as LBT success or channel listening idle. For example, in the monitoring time slot for monitoring the channel, if the detected signal energy is lower than the energy detection threshold, it indicates that the channel monitoring is successful.
  • Channel listening failure is also known as LBT failure or channel listening busy. For example, in the monitoring time slot for monitoring the channel, if the detected signal energy is higher than or equal to the energy detection threshold, it indicates that the channel monitoring fails.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the new frequency band can be larger than the subcarrier spacing currently supported by the communication system (such as the NR system).
  • the candidate subcarrier intervals currently being considered for introduction in the new frequency band include at least one of the following subcarrier intervals: 240 kHz, 480 kHz, 960 kHz, 1.92 MHz, and 3.84 MHz.
  • Different subcarrier intervals may correspond to different numerology.
  • one or more of the following parameters corresponding to different subcarriers may be different: symbol length, normal cyclic prefix (normal cyclic prefix, NCP) length, symbol band NCP length, and time slot length.
  • the parameter sets (numerology) corresponding to some candidate subcarrier spacings are shown in Table 1 below.
  • Table 1 Parameter sets corresponding to candidate subcarrier spacing
  • NCP length Symbol with NCP length slot length 240kHz 4.16 ⁇ s 0.292 ⁇ s 4.452 ⁇ s 62.5 ⁇ s 480kHz 2.08 ⁇ s 0.146 ⁇ s 2.226 ⁇ s 31.25 ⁇ s 960kHz 1.04 ⁇ s 0.073 ⁇ s 1.113 ⁇ s 15.625 ⁇ s
  • the network device can schedule transmission of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) for the terminal device through downlink control information (DCI).
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device may perform hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment (HARQ) feedback on the decoding result of the PDSCH. For example, the terminal device may feed back the decoding result of the PDSCH to the network device through a physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) resource based on the HARQ feedback timing.
  • the decoding result may also be referred to as HARQ-ACK information.
  • the HARQ-ACK information may include, for example, acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK) information and negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment, NACK) information.
  • HARQ-ACK information may also sometimes be referred to as feedback bits.
  • Certain communication systems support dynamic determination of HARQ feedback timing.
  • the network device can schedule the terminal device to receive the PDSCH through the DCI.
  • the DCI may include indication information of the PUCCH resource used to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • the PUCCH resource indication information may include a PUCCH resource indication (PUCCH resource indicator) and a HARQ feedback timing indication (PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator).
  • the PUCCH resource indication can be used to determine the PUCCH resource for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH, such as determining the frequency domain and/or code domain position of the PUCCH resource.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information can be used to dynamically determine the time-domain position (such as the time slot of the HARQ feedback resource) of the HARQ feedback resource (such as the PUCCH resource).
  • the HARQ feedback resource indication information is usually represented by K 1 .
  • K 1 may indicate a time slot offset value between a PDSCH and a PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) carrying HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information may be used to indicate the value in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set may be a preset HARQ feedback timing set (such as predefined by the protocol), or a HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set may include at least one K 1 value.
  • the DCI may not include the HARQ feedback timing indication.
  • the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource can be determined according to the K 1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set may be a preset HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the values in the preset HARQ feedback timing set are all preset values.
  • the preset HARQ feedback timing set may include 8 preset values ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ .
  • the DCI format corresponding to the DCI may be a fallback DCI format.
  • the DCI format corresponding to the DCI may be DCI format 1_0.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set may be the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device.
  • the number of bits included in the HARQ feedback timing indication information in the DCI may be determined according to the number of values included in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device may include 4 values.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information in the DCI may include 2 bits. For example, when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 00, it may indicate the first value in the HARQ feedback timing set; when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 01, it may indicate the second value in the HARQ feedback timing set, etc. wait.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device may sometimes include invalid K 1 .
  • the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device includes a K 1 value of -1.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information in the DCI indicates the invalid K 1 , it may indicate that the time slot where the PUCCH resource is located is temporarily uncertain.
  • the DCI format corresponding to the DCI may be a non-fallback DCI format.
  • the DCI format corresponding to the DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook can be a semi-static codebook or a dynamic codebook.
  • the terminal device can perform HARQ feedback based on a semi-static codebook, or perform HARQ feedback based on a dynamic codebook.
  • the semi-static codebook may include, for example, a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook and/or a Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the dynamic codebook may include, for example, a Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and/or an eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook can include a set of candidate PDSCH receivers corresponding to a feedback time unit (such as a feedback time slot). ACK information.
  • the number of bits included in the Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook may be fixed.
  • the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook may include HARQ-ACK information corresponding to all HARQ processes on all configured carriers in a PUCCH group.
  • the number of bits included in the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook may be fixed.
  • the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook can also be called one-shot HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook can include two types of HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • One type of HARQ-ACK codebook is a one-shot HARQ-ACK codebook carrying a new data indicator (NDI).
  • HARQ-ACK codebook is a one-shot HARQ-ACK codebook that does not carry NDI.
  • the network device can configure whether the terminal device needs to carry NDI when performing HARQ-ACK feedback through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook can include HARQ-ACK information corresponding to each HARQ process in the cell .
  • the number of bits occupied by the HARQ-ACK information may be determined according to the length of the CBG corresponding to the cell, or the number of bits occupied by the HARQ-ACK information may be determined according to the length of the transport block (transport block, TB) corresponding to the cell.
  • Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook Take Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook as an example. If the terminal device is configured with a Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, the order and number of bits included in the Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook can be assigned according to the downlink index in DCI (downlink assignment index, DAI) count (counter DAI or C-DAI) information and/or total DAI (total DAI or T-DAI) information is determined. In other words, the number of bits included in the Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook can be determined according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • DCI downlink assignment index, DAI count (counter DAI or C-DAI) information
  • total DAI total DAI or T-DAI
  • the eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook supports packet feedback on the basis of the Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook. That is to say, for the HARQ feedback based on the eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, the network device can group the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the DCI (the format of the DCI may be, for example, DCI format 1_1) in which the network device schedules the terminal device to receive the PDSCH may include indication information of a PDSCH group index (PDSCH group index) and a new feedback indicator (new feedback indicator, NFI). Instructions. In some embodiments, a maximum of 2 packets may be supported.
  • the network device When the network device triggers the terminal device to perform HARQ feedback, it may trigger the terminal device to perform the HARQ feedback of one of the groups, and may also trigger the HARQ feedback of the two groups at the same time.
  • the DCI information may include an information field (Number of requested PDSCH group(s)) of the number of feedback request groups.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, and the feedback request group number information field in the DCI is a preset value (the preset value may be 1, for example), then the terminal device can perform HARQ feedback of two groups or, if the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, and the feedback request group number information field in the DCI is another preset value (the preset value can be 0, for example), then the terminal device can perform a group (such as the current scheduling group) HARQ-ACK feedback.
  • the preset value may be 1, for example
  • One DCI schedules multiple physical channels
  • one DCI can schedule multiple physical channels (or multiple physical channel transmissions).
  • the physical channel mentioned here may be PDSCH or PUSCH, for example. Therefore, one DCI scheduling multiple physical channels may also be referred to as one DCI scheduling multiple downlink transmissions, or one DCI scheduling multiple uplink transmissions.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the type of a communication system that supports one DCI to schedule multiple physical channels. The following takes the high-frequency system mentioned above as an example to describe the manner in which one DCI schedules multiple physical channels.
  • the terminal device needs to detect a physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) in each time slot. Since the time slots of the high-frequency system are relatively short, in order to detect the PDCCH in each time slot, the terminal equipment is required to have strong processing capability, which undoubtedly increases the cost of the terminal equipment. In order to reduce the processing capacity requirements of the terminal equipment, it may be considered to introduce a scheduling mode in which one DCI schedules multiple physical channels.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • a row or some rows in the time domain resource assignment (TDRA) table may correspond to row indexes of multiple SLIVs.
  • One SLIV can correspond to one physical channel (either PDSCH or PUSCH).
  • a SLIV may indicate the time-domain resource location of a physical channel.
  • a SLIV can be used to indicate the starting symbol and the number of occupied symbols of a physical channel.
  • the network device schedules the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the multiple SLIVs for the terminal device. transmission over a physical channel. Different physical channels can be used to transmit different TBs. In some special cases, different physical channels can also be used to transmit the same TB.
  • Table 2 shows a TDRA table configured by the network device for the terminal device (different SLIVs in Table 2 may correspond to different TBs).
  • the values of the row index I in the TDRA table are 0 and 1.
  • Row index 0 corresponds to a SLIV. If the TDRA information in the DCI received by the terminal device indicates row index 0, it means that the DCI schedules a physical channel.
  • Row index 1 corresponds to 4 SLIVs. If the TDRA information in the DCI received by the terminal device indicates that the row index is 1, it means that the DCI schedules 4 physical channels.
  • the terminal device can determine 4 according to the row index The time domain position of a physical channel (such as the start symbol and length of the time domain position).
  • the value range of the corresponding HPN is 0 to 15.
  • one DCI can correspond to multiple SLIVs.
  • the multiple SLIVs sometimes contain invalid SLIVs.
  • one DCI corresponds to 4 SLIVs, namely SLIV 1-0, SLIV 1-1, SLIV 1-2, and SLIV 1-3.
  • SLIV 1-0, SLIV 1-1, and SLIV 1-3 are valid SLIVs
  • SLIV 1-2 are invalid SLIVs. If multiple SLIVs corresponding to one DCI contain an invalid SLIV, there is no suitable solution for how the terminal device should handle the invalid SLIV.
  • the scenario where two terminal devices communicate through the side link may also have a control information (such as side link control information) to schedule multiple physical channels (such as multiple physical sidelinks). line shared channel).
  • the plurality of SLIVs may also include an invalid SLIV. At this time, how the terminal device should handle the invalid SLIV is also a problem to be solved urgently.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method in FIG. 4 may be executed by the first device and the second device.
  • Both the first device and the second device are communication devices or radio devices.
  • the first device and the second device may be a terminal device and a network device respectively.
  • the first device may be the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1
  • the second device may be the network device 110 in FIG. 1 .
  • the first device and the second device may be two devices communicating via a sidelink.
  • step S410 the first device receives first control information.
  • the first control information may be DCI. In other embodiments, the first control information may be side traffic control information.
  • the first control information may schedule transmission of the first physical channel.
  • the first physical channel may include one or more physical channels.
  • the transmission directions of the multiple physical channels may be the same or different.
  • the first physical channel may include one of the following physical channels: one or more downlink physical channels, one or more uplink physical channels, and one or more sidelink physical channels.
  • the downlink physical channel may be PDSCH, for example.
  • the uplink physical channel may be PUSCH, for example.
  • the sidelink physical channel may be, for example, a physical sidelink shared channel (physical sidelink shared channel, PSSCH).
  • the first control information may correspond to multiple SLIVs (SLIVs mentioned in this embodiment of the application may also be referred to as configuration SLIVs).
  • the first control information may contain information for determining the plurality of SLIVs.
  • the first control information may include TDRA information.
  • the TDRA information indicates a row index in the TDRA table, and the row index is a row index corresponding to a plurality of SLIVs.
  • the row index may be row index 1 in table 2.
  • the first control information may correspond to the first control information format.
  • the first device may be configured with the first control information format. Taking the first control information format as DCI format 1_1 as an example, the first control information may be DCI corresponding to DCI format 1_1.
  • the maximum number M of physical channels that can be scheduled by the first control information format may be greater than or equal to 2.
  • the maximum number M of time slots that can be scheduled by the first control information format may be greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first physical channel scheduled by the first control information may include S physical channels. S can be greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M. Each of the S physical channels may correspond to one SLIV.
  • the first control information may correspond to the first HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the first HARQ-ACK codebook may correspond to the first feedback resource.
  • the first device may send the first HARQ-ACK codebook through the first feedback resource.
  • the first feedback resources include physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel PUCCH) resources or PUSCH resources, or, the first HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted through PUCCH or PUSCH.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the first feedback resources include PDCCH resources, or the first HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted through the PDCCH.
  • the first feedback resource includes a physical sidelink feedback channel (physical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH) resource, or, the first HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted through the PSFCH.
  • PSFCH physical sidelink feedback channel
  • the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the first control information may include valid SLIVs and/or invalid SLIVs.
  • An active SLIV may correspond to a first physical channel transmission.
  • the first control information corresponds to S effective SLIVs
  • the first physical channel includes S physical channels corresponding to the S effective SLIVs one-to-one.
  • the effective SLIV can be based on the transmission direction of the symbol corresponding to the SLIV (in some embodiments, the transmission direction of the uplink symbol is uplink or flexible, and/or, the transmission direction of the downlink symbol is downlink or flexible, and/or, the sidelink symbol
  • the transmission direction of the symbol is flexible; in some embodiments, the transmission direction of the symbol can also be replaced by the direction of the symbol) to determine.
  • the valid SLIV may be one of the multiple SLIVs that satisfies the following condition: the transmission direction of symbols (part or all symbols) corresponding to the SLIV is the same as the transmission manner of the first physical channel.
  • the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel
  • the transmission mode of all symbols corresponding to a certain SLIV among the multiple SLIVs is downlink
  • the SLIV is an effective SLIV.
  • the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel
  • the transmission mode of all symbols corresponding to a certain SLIV among the multiple SLIVs is uplink
  • the SLIV is an effective SLIV.
  • the invalid SLIV may include a SLIV that does not correspond to transmission on the first physical channel among the plurality of SLIVs.
  • the invalid SLIV is a SLIV except the last SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to a row of SLIVs.
  • an invalid SLIV may refer to an SLIV that satisfies at least one of the following conditions among the plurality of SLIVs: the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to the SLIV (for example, part or all of the symbols corresponding to the SLIV) is the same as that of the first physical channel The transmission methods are different; part or all of the symbols corresponding to SLIV are symbols in the time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or, part or all of the frequency domain resources corresponding to SLIV are frequency domains in the time-frequency resources used for rate matching resource. It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the time-frequency resources used for rate matching are not used for physical channel transmission. Invalid SLIVs can be determined in a variety of ways.
  • the manner of determining the invalid SLIV may include determining based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determining based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  • An invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters may also be referred to as an invalid SLIV determined by a semi-static configuration.
  • An invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters may also be referred to as an SLIV determined by dynamic scheduling.
  • the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may include: the transmission direction of at least one first symbol (for example, some or all symbols corresponding to the SLIV) corresponding to the SLIV and the transmission direction of the first physical channel different.
  • the transmission direction of the at least one first symbol may be determined based on a dynamic scheduling parameter.
  • the dynamic scheduling parameter may, for example, be transmitted through the first DCI, or may also be transmitted through the second DCI received by the first device in a DCI format of DCI format 2_0 of.
  • the time slot format indication information in DCI format 2_0 may be used to indicate the transmission direction of symbols.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device
  • the first control information is the first DCI
  • the TDRA information in the first DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table.
  • the terminal device receives the dynamic scheduling parameter of the network device, and determines according to the dynamic scheduling parameter that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to at least one SLIV in the plurality of SLIVs is uplink or flexible, then the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is Invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  • the dynamic scheduling parameter may be transmitted through the first DCI, or the dynamic scheduling parameter may also be transmitted through the second DCI whose DCI format is DCI format 2_0.
  • the uplink transmission is taken as an example for description.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device
  • the first control information is the first DCI
  • the TDRA information in the first DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table.
  • the terminal device receives the dynamic scheduling parameter of the network device, and the dynamic scheduling parameter indicates that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to at least one SLIV in the multiple SLIVs is downlink or flexible
  • the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is based on Invalid SLIV as determined by dynamic dispatch parameters.
  • the dynamic scheduling parameter may be transmitted through the first DCI, or the dynamic scheduling parameter may also be transmitted through the second DCI whose DCI format is DCI format 2_0.
  • the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may include: some or all symbols corresponding to the SLIV are symbols in the time-frequency resource used for rate matching.
  • the time-frequency resource (or pattern of rate matching) for rate matching may be determined according to semi-static configuration parameters and/or dynamic scheduling parameters.
  • the resource set corresponding to the rate-matched time-frequency resource is a resource set corresponding to a resource block (resource block, RB)-symbol, or in other words, the unit of the resource set in the time domain is one or more symbols, in A unit in the frequency domain is one or more RBs.
  • resource block resource block, RB
  • the first device may be configured with a resource set corresponding to the time-frequency resource for rate matching by, for example, a semi-static parameter.
  • This set of resources can be considered as time-frequency resources for rate matching.
  • the corresponding resource element (resource element, RE) in the resource set is not used for physical channel such as PDSCH transmission.
  • the first device may be configured with rate matching pattern set 1 or rate matching pattern set 2.
  • the first device should assume that rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is not used for physical channel transmission. That is, the rate matching pattern group 1 or the rate matching pattern group 2 can be regarded as time-frequency resources for rate matching.
  • the first device when the received PDSCH is scheduled using DCI format 1_0, or is a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) PDSCH activated using DCI format 1_0, or is scheduled for DCI format 1_1 (or DCI format 1_2) and the DCI format
  • SPS semi-persistent scheduling
  • the first device shall assume that rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is not used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the first device determines whether rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is used for physical channel transmission according to the rate matching indication information. That is, the rate matching indication information is used to dynamically indicate whether the configured rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is used for physical channel transmission.
  • DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 includes rate matching indication information
  • the rate matching indication information is used to dynamically indicate whether the configured rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the rate matching indication information includes 2 bits, wherein the first bit corresponds to rate matching pattern group 1, and the second bit corresponds to rate matching pattern group 2.
  • the bit in the rate matching indication information is 1, it indicates the rate matching pattern corresponding to this bit
  • the resources in the group are not used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the first device shall assume that the resource is not used for PDSCH transmission .
  • the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may include: some or all of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the SLIV are frequency domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
  • the first control information may include frequency domain resource assignment (frequency domain resource assignment, FDRA) information, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to the SLIV may be determined according to the FDRA.
  • FDRA frequency domain resource assignment
  • TDRA time-frequency resource assignment
  • PRB physical resource blocks
  • the dynamic scheduling parameter may be transmitted through the first control information (such as the first DCI), for example, the dynamic scheduling parameter includes TDRA information and FDRA information.
  • the time-frequency resource (or pattern of rate matching) for rate matching may be semi-statically configured and/or dynamically indicated.
  • the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may include: some or all of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the SLIV are time-frequency resources for rate matching.
  • the first device may be configured with time-frequency resources (or rate matching patterns) for rate matching, and the first device determines that time-domain resources and frequency-domain resources corresponding to one or more SLIVs among the multiple SLIVs are used for If there are resources in the rate-matched time-frequency resources (the rate-matching pattern), the first device determines that the one or more SLIVs are invalid SLIVs.
  • the first device determines that the time-frequency domain resources corresponding to a certain SLIV are time-frequency resources for rate matching (that is, according to the rate matching pattern, it is determined that the time-frequency domain resources corresponding to a certain SLIV are not used for data transmission), Then the first device may determine that the SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameter.
  • the dynamic scheduling parameter may be transmitted through the first control information (such as the first DCI), for example, the dynamic scheduling parameter includes TDRA information and FDRA information.
  • the time-frequency resource (or pattern of rate matching) for rate matching may be semi-statically configured and/or dynamically indicated.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device.
  • the first control information is DCI
  • the TDRA information in the DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table.
  • the TDD pattern of the semi-static configuration of the network device received by the terminal device indicates that at least one of the multiple SLIVs is in the SLIV
  • the transmission direction of at least some symbols is flexible, the terminal device is configured to receive DCI format 2_0 and the terminal device has not received the transmission direction of symbols dynamically indicated by the network device (for example, the terminal device has not received DCI format 2_0), or, the terminal device receives If the received DCI format 2_0 indicates that the transmission direction of at least some symbols corresponding to the at least one SLIV is not downlink (for example, uplink or flexible), then the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  • the uplink transmission is taken as an example for description.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device.
  • the first control information is DCI
  • the TDRA information in the DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table.
  • the TDD pattern of the semi-static configuration of the network device received by the terminal device indicates that at least one of the multiple SLIVs is in the SLIV
  • the transmission direction of at least some symbols is flexible, the terminal device is configured to receive DCI format 2_0 and the terminal device has not received the transmission direction of symbols dynamically indicated by the network device (for example, the terminal device has not received DCI format 2_0), or, the terminal device receives If the received DCI format 2_0 indicates that the transmission direction of at least some symbols corresponding to the at least one SLIV is not uplink (for example, downlink or flexible), then the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  • the invalid SLIV determined based on the semi-static configuration parameters may include: the transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV (for example, some or all symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV) and the transmission direction of the first physical channel The direction is different.
  • the transmission direction of the at least one second symbol may be determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  • the semi-static configuration parameters may include, for example, a TDD pattern configured based on semi-static parameters.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device.
  • the first control information is DCI
  • the TDRA information in the DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table.
  • the TDD pattern of the semi-static configuration of the network device received by the terminal device indicates that at least one of the multiple SLIVs is in the SLIV If the transmission direction of at least part of the symbols is uplink, the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  • the uplink transmission is taken as an example for description.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device.
  • the first control information is DCI
  • the TDRA information in the DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table.
  • the TDD pattern of the semi-static configuration of the network device received by the terminal device indicates that at least one of the multiple SLIVs is in the SLIV If the transmission direction of at least part of the symbols is downlink, the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  • step S420 the first device determines (or assumes) that the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; or, the first device determines that the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • the HARQ process number corresponding to the first device may refer to the HARQ process number corresponding to the invalid SLIV determined by the first device.
  • the fact that the first device does not correspond to the HARQ process ID may mean that the first device does not need to determine the HARQ process ID corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first device may mean that the first device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
  • the first HARQ-ACK codebook fed back by the first device includes the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
  • the first HARQ-ACK codebook fed back by the first device includes the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
  • the fact that the first device does not correspond to the HARQ-ACK information may mean that the first device does not feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook fed back by the first device does not include the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV may refer to the ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV, or may refer to the NACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV may refer to the NACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
  • the embodiment of the present application clarifies the processing method of the invalid SLIV, thereby avoiding the communication disorder caused by the inconsistent understanding of the processing method of the invalid SLIV by the first device and the second device.
  • the processing manner of the invalid SLIV may be associated with one or more types of information. For example, how an invalid SLIV is handled may depend on one or more conditions. Under the same conditions, invalid SLIVs can be handled in the same way. Invalid SLIVs can be handled in the same or different ways under different conditions.
  • the invalid SLIV processing method may be associated with at least one of the following information: the invalid SLIV determination method (for example, may include the aforementioned determination based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or based on dynamic scheduling parameters Determination); the transmission direction of the first physical channel; the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device; and whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method.
  • the invalid SLIV determination method for example, may include the aforementioned determination based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or based on dynamic scheduling parameters Determination
  • the transmission direction of the first physical channel for example, may include the aforementioned determination based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or based on dynamic scheduling parameters Determination
  • the transmission direction of the first physical channel for example, may include the aforementioned determination based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or based on dynamic scheduling parameters Determination
  • the transmission direction of the first physical channel for example, may include the aforementioned determination based on semi-static configuration
  • Embodiment 1 Whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determined
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, which may include at least one of the following situations: If the invalid SLIV is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters invalid SLIV, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if Invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, and the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is determined based on dynamic scheduling
  • the above situations can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and HARQ-ACK information; for an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and NACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and HARQ-ACK information.
  • a specific example is given below by taking the first physical channel as the PDSCH, the first device as the terminal device, and the second device as the network device as examples.
  • the network device may configure the TDRA table shown in Table 2 above for the terminal device, and different SLIVs correspond to different TBs.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the first DCI (corresponding to the first control information above), and the row index I indicated by the TDRA information in the first DCI is 1. Referring to Table 2 above, the terminal device can determine that the first DCI schedules 4 SLIVs according to the row index. In addition, the HARQ process number indication in the first DCI is 2.
  • the terminal device determines that SLIVs 1-2 among the four SLIVs are invalid SLIVs determined based on semi-static configuration parameters. For example, the terminal device determines the transmission direction of symbols corresponding to SLIV1-2 and the first Physical The transmission direction of the channel is different. In this case, as shown in Figure 5, the terminal device determines that the invalid SLIV 1-2 does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the HARQ-ACK information. In other words, the terminal device does not need to determine the HARQ process number corresponding to the invalid SLIV 1-2, and does not feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV 1-2.
  • the terminal device determines that SLIVs 1-2 among the 4 SLIVs are invalid SLIVs determined based on dynamic configuration parameters.
  • the terminal device is configured with time-frequency resources (or a rate matching pattern) for rate matching, and the terminal device determines that the time domain resources and frequency domain resources corresponding to SLIV1-2 are the resources in the rate matching pattern.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to SLIV 1-2 is flexible,
  • the terminal device is configured to receive the second DCI whose DCI format is DCI format 2_0, and the terminal device has not received the second DCI, or the terminal device has received the second DCI, wherein the second DCI indicates that the SLIV 1-2 corresponds to The transmission direction of at least one symbol is not downlink (or the second DCI indicates that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to the SLIV 1-2 is uplink or flexible).
  • the terminal device determines that the invalid SLIV 1-2 corresponds to the HARQ process number and HARQ-ACK information. In other words, the terminal device needs to determine the HARQ process number corresponding to the invalid SLIV 1-2, and feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV 1-2.
  • Embodiment 2 Whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is based on the transmission of the first physical channel directional
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations: if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel , the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is For the downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
  • the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device, including at least one of the following situations kind:
  • the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel
  • the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determination method ;
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook mentioned in this embodiment may include a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook mentioned in this embodiment may include Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook at least one of .
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel and the determination method of the invalid SLIV.
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number.
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number.
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • the above situations can be combined arbitrarily. For example, if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number; if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-persistent scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • Embodiment 3 Whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is configured based on the first device The type of HARQ-ACK codebook is determined
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured by the first device, and may also include: whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and /or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the first device being configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook and the manner of determining the invalid SLIV.
  • the invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters and the invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters may be handled in different ways.
  • the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may be handled differently.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured by the first device, and may also include: if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determination method.
  • the invalid SLIV if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; And/or, if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook mentioned in this embodiment may include a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook mentioned in this embodiment may include Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook at least one of .
  • a specific example is given below by taking the first physical channel as the PDSCH, the first device as the terminal device, and the second device as the network device as examples.
  • the network device can configure the TDRA table shown in Table 2 above for the terminal device, and different SLIVs correspond to different TBs.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the DCI (corresponding to the first control information above), and the row index I indicated by the TDRA information in the DCI is 1. Referring to Table 2 above, the terminal device can determine that the DCI schedules 4 SLIVs according to the row index. In addition, the HARQ process number indicated in the DCI is 2.
  • the terminal device determines that SLIVs 1-2 among the 4 SLIVs are invalid SLIVs determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  • the terminal device is configured with time-frequency resources (or rate matching patterns) for rate matching, and the terminal device determines that the time domain resources and frequency domain resources corresponding to SLIV 1-2 are the resources in the rate matching pattern.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to SLIV 1-2 is flexible based on a TDD pattern configured with a semi-static configuration parameter (such as a high-level parameter tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated).
  • the terminal device is configured to receive the second DCI whose DCI format is DCI format 2_0, and the terminal device does not receive the second DCI. Or, the terminal device receives the second DCI, wherein the second DCI indicates that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to the SLIV 1-2 is not downlink (or the second DCI indicates at least one symbol corresponding to the SLIV 1-2 The direction of transmission is uplink or flexible).
  • the invalid SLIV 1-2 corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • Embodiment 4 Whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information and whether the first device is configured based on The generation method of the bound HARQ-ACK information has an association relationship
  • the bundling mentioned in this embodiment of the present application may include at least one of the following types of bundling: time domain bundling, physical channel bundling, and air domain bundling.
  • time domain bonding can be understood as physical channel bonding in the time domain, in some cases, physical channel bonding can be equivalent to time domain bonding
  • Airspace binding is introduced.
  • the first device may be configured with a method of generating HARQ-ACK information based on physical channel bundling or time-domain bundling (for ease of description, the method of generating HARQ-ACK information based on physical channel bundling is referred to as bonding feedback for physical channels).
  • the first device may be configured with one control information (such as DCI) to schedule the multiple physical channels, each physical channel
  • control information such as DCI
  • the number of bits corresponding to the channel is fixed; or, when the first device may be configured with one piece of control information (such as DCI) to schedule multiple physical channels, the number of bits corresponding to the control information is fixed.
  • physical channel bundling feedback can be understood as HARQ-ACK information bundling of N candidate physical channel receivers, that is, only the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the N candidate physical channel receivers is ACK, then The feedback information after binding of the N candidate physical channel receivers is ACK; if the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to any one of the N candidate physical channel receivers is NACK, then the N candidate physical channel receivers The feedback information after the channel receiver is bound is NACK.
  • N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first device performs physical channel bonding feedback.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the candidate physical channel receiver is decoding information after the corresponding physical channel is received.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the candidate physical channel receiver is ACK.
  • N is predefined, or N is determined according to configuration parameters of network devices such as physical channel bonding feedback parameters.
  • the N candidate physical channel receivers respectively correspond to the N SLIVs corresponding to the TDRA information in the first control information (such as DCI).
  • the first device may also be configured with a manner of generating HARQ-ACK information based on airspace bundling (for ease of description, the manner of generating HARQ-ACK information based on airspace bundling is referred to as airspace bundling feedback hereinafter).
  • the spatial domain bundling feedback can be understood as the bundling of HARQ-ACK information of two codewords, that is, only the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to two codewords is ACK, then the bounded HARQ-ACK information of two codewords is The feedback information is ACK; if the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to any one of the two codewords is NACK, the information to be fed back after the two codewords are bundled is NACK. If only one codeword is scheduled, for another unscheduled codeword, it is assumed that its corresponding HARQ-ACK information is ACK.
  • the bundling feedback mode of the first device is: first perform air domain bonding, and then perform physical channel bonding.
  • the bundling feedback method of the first device is: first perform air domain bundling, and then perform Physical channel bonding. That is to say, if the first device is configured with physical channel bundling feedback and air domain bundling feedback, or the first device is configured with physical channel bundling feedback but not configured with air domain bundling feedback, when the physical When the TB feedback length corresponding to the channel is greater than 1 (or the number of codewords corresponding to the physical channel to be bundled and fed back is greater than 1), the first device needs to perform spatial domain bundling feedback to obtain the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the physical channel, and then, the first device needs to perform physical channel bundling feedback on the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to different physical channels.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is related to whether the first device is configured with a binding-based HARQ-ACK information generation method connection relation.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information has an association with whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information may include: when the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV is associated with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding. For example, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is not configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation manner, the invalid SLIV may correspond to the NACK information. For another example, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding, the invalid SLIV may correspond to the ACK information.
  • the first device when the first device is configured with bundling feedback (which may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback), the first device performs bundling
  • bundling feedback which may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback
  • the first device performs bundling
  • bundling feedback it is assumed that the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the candidate physical channel receiver corresponding to the invalid SLIV is ACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV mentioned in this embodiment may be, for example, an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  • the first device when the first device is configured with bundling feedback (which may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback), the first device performs bundling When determining the feedback, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the candidate physical channel receiver corresponding to the invalid SLIV may not be considered.
  • the invalid SLIV mentioned in this embodiment may be, for example, an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  • the first device if the first device is configured with bundling feedback (which may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback), the invalid For SLIV, the first device assumes that the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV is ACK information; or, the first device may not consider the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV when performing codebook generation based on bundling feedback.
  • bundling feedback which may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback
  • the first device may assume that the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV is ACK information; or, the first device may not consider the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV when performing codebook generation based on bundling feedback.
  • the first device may assume that The HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV is ACK information; or, the first device may not consider the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV when performing codebook generation based on bundling feedback.
  • each of the multiple SLIVs included in the configured TDRA table of the first device corresponds to a K 0 value.
  • the K 0 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the DCI is located and the time slot where the symbol corresponding to each SLIV in the multiple SLIVs is located.
  • the K 0 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time unit of the DCI and the time unit of each of the multiple SLIVs.
  • the K 0 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the DCI is located and the time slot where the SLIV is located; for other SLIVs except the first SLIV, the K 0 value is used for Indicates the number of time units between the time slot where the previous SLIV of the SLIV is located and the time slot where the SLIV is located.
  • the K 0 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time unit where the DCI is located and the time unit where the SLIV is located; for other SLIVs except the first SLIV, the K 0 value is used for Indicates the number of time units between the time unit of the previous SLIV of the SLIV and the time unit of the SLIV.
  • each of the multiple SLIVs included in the configured TDRA table of the first device corresponds to a K 2 value.
  • the K2 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the DCI is located and the time slot where each of the multiple SLIVs is located.
  • the K2 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time unit of the DCI and the time unit of each of the multiple SLIVs.
  • the K 2 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the DCI is located and the time slot where the SLIV is located; for other SLIVs except the first SLIV, the K 2 value is used for Indicates the number of time units between the time slot where the previous SLIV of the SLIV is located and the time slot where the SLIV is located.
  • the K 2 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time unit where the DCI is located and the time unit where the SLIV is located; for other SLIVs except the first SLIV, the K 2 value is used for Indicates the number of time units between the time unit of the previous SLIV of the SLIV and the time unit of the SLIV.
  • the scheduled DCI of the first device corresponds to one or more K 1 values.
  • the K 1 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the physical channel reception end position corresponding to the last configured SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI is located and the PUCCH feedback time slot corresponding to the DCI .
  • the K 1 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the end position of the receiving end position of the physical channel corresponding to the last configured SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI and the PUCCH feedback time unit corresponding to the DCI .
  • the K 1 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the physical channel reception end position corresponding to the last effective SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI is located and the PUCCH feedback time slot corresponding to the DCI.
  • the K 1 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the end position of physical channel reception corresponding to the last valid SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI and the PUCCH feedback time unit corresponding to the DCI.
  • the K 1 value is used to indicate that the time slot where the physical channel reception end position corresponding to the invalid SLIV is located is the same as the The number of time units between PUCCH feedback slots corresponding to the DCI.
  • the K 1 value is used to indicate that the time unit of the end position of the physical channel reception corresponding to the invalid SLIV is the same as the DCI The number of time units between corresponding PUCCH feedback time units.
  • the K 1 value is used to indicate that the time slot where the physical channel reception end position corresponding to the invalid SLIV is located is the same as the DCI The number of time units between corresponding PUCCH feedback slots.
  • the K 1 value is used to indicate that the time unit of the end position of the physical channel reception corresponding to the invalid SLIV is the same as the DCI The number of time units between corresponding PUCCH feedback time units.
  • the time unit includes one of the following: one or more time slots, one or more symbols, one or more sub-slots, one or more sub-frames, one or more milliseconds, one or more Seconds wait.
  • different subcarrier intervals correspond to different time units, or the time unit is determined according to the subcarrier interval. For example, when the subcarrier spacing is 480kHz, the time unit is 4 time slots; when the subcarrier spacing is 960kHz, the time unit is 8 time slots.
  • the starting position of the time unit is determined according to the time slot in which the first control information is received.
  • the starting position of the time unit is a relative position. For example, assuming that the time unit is 4 time slots, and the time slot receiving the first control information is time slot n, the first time unit includes time slot n to time slot n+3; the second time unit includes time slot From n+4 to time slot n+7, the mth time unit includes time slot n+4*(m-1) to time slot n+3+4*(m-1), and so on.
  • the start position of the time unit is determined according to the start position of the radio frame.
  • the starting position of the time unit is an absolute position. For example, assuming that the time unit is 4 time slots, then time slot 0 to time slot 3 in the radio frame is a time unit, time slot 4 to time slot 7 is a time unit, and so on.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the time unit is a configured subcarrier spacing.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the time unit is the subcarrier spacing configured on the active BWP.
  • the information in the TDRA table configured by the network device for the first device is as shown in Table 3, wherein the K 0 value is used to indicate the time unit where the DCI is located and each of the multiple SLIVs The number of time units between time units where a SLIV is located.
  • the time unit is 2 time slots.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 in FIG. 8 may be the aforementioned first device.
  • the communication device 800 may include a receiving module 810 .
  • the receiving module 810 is configured to receive first control information.
  • the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein, the invalid SLIVs correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIVs do not correspond to HARQ processes number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including: the transmission direction of at least one first symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, wherein the first The physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the transmission direction of the at least one first symbol is determined based on a dynamic scheduling parameter.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including: some or all symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV are symbols in time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or, the invalid Part or all of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the SLIV are frequency domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, including: the transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, wherein the first A physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the transmission direction of the at least one second symbol is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information has an association relationship with at least one of the following information: the method of determining the invalid SLIV, wherein the method of determining the invalid SLIV includes Determined based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters; the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information; the first device is configured The type of the HARQ-ACK codebook; and whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner of determining the invalid SLIV.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, including at least one of the following situations: if the invalid SLIV is based on a semi-static If the invalid SLIV determined by configuration parameters does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is based on dynamic scheduling The invalid SLIV determined by the parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based a
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations: if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; - ACK information; if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device definite.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured on the first device.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device, including at least one of the following situations: if The first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV; if the first A device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, then the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook , the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV Determined, including: if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and/or, if the invalid SLIV is based on If the invalid SLIV is determined by the dynamic scheduling parameter, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV
  • the determined includes: if the invalid SLIV is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  • the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one of Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, including: the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is related to whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information, including: when the invalid SLIV When corresponding to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV has an association relationship with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information
  • the first device is not configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information
  • the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to ACK information.
  • the bundling includes at least one of time domain bundling, physical channel bundling, and air domain bundling.
  • the invalid SLIV includes a configuration SLIV among the plurality of configuration SLIVs that does not correspond to transmission of a first physical channel, and the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information.
  • the first control information is downlink control information DCI or sidelink control information.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 in FIG. 9 may be the aforementioned second device.
  • the communication device 900 may include a sending module 910 .
  • the sending module 910 may be configured to send first control information, where the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein, the invalid SLIVs correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information ; Or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including: the transmission direction of at least one first symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, wherein the first The physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the transmission direction of the at least one first symbol is determined based on a dynamic scheduling parameter.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including: some or all symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV are symbols in time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or, the invalid Part or all of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the SLIV are frequency domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
  • the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, including: the transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, wherein the first A physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the transmission direction of the at least one second symbol is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information has an association relationship with at least one of the following information: the method of determining the invalid SLIV, wherein the method of determining the invalid SLIV includes Determined based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters; the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information; the first device is configured The type of the HARQ-ACK codebook; and whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process ID and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner of determining the invalid SLIV.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, including at least one of the following situations: if the invalid SLIV is based on a semi-static If the invalid SLIV determined by configuration parameters does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is based on dynamic scheduling The invalid SLIV determined by the parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based a
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations: if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; - ACK information; if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device definite.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device, including at least one of the following situations: if The first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV; if the first A device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, then the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook , the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV Determined, including: if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and/or, if the invalid SLIV is based on If the invalid SLIV is determined by the dynamic scheduling parameter, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV
  • the determined includes: if the invalid SLIV is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  • the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one of Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, including: the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
  • whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is related to whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information, including: when the invalid SLIV When corresponding to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV has an association relationship with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information
  • the first device is not configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
  • the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information
  • the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to ACK information.
  • the bundling includes at least one of time domain bundling, physical channel bundling, and air domain bundling.
  • the invalid SLIV includes a configuration SLIV among the plurality of configuration SLIVs that does not correspond to transmission of a first physical channel, and the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information.
  • the first control information is downlink control information DCI or sidelink control information.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the dashed line in Figure 10 indicates that the unit or module is optional.
  • the apparatus 1000 may be used to implement the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 1000 may be a chip, a terminal device or a network device.
  • Apparatus 1000 may include one or more processors 1010 .
  • the processor 1010 can support the device 1000 to implement the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 1010 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU).
  • the processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits, ASICs), off-the-shelf programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate arrays, FPGAs) Or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • Apparatus 1000 may also include one or more memories 1020 .
  • a program is stored in the memory 1020, and the program can be executed by the processor 1010, so that the processor 1010 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the memory 1020 may be independent of the processor 1010 or may be integrated in the processor 1010 .
  • the apparatus 1000 may also include a transceiver 1030 .
  • the processor 1010 can communicate with other devices or chips through the transceiver 1030 .
  • the processor 1010 may send and receive data with other devices or chips through the transceiver 1030 .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing programs.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the terminal or the network device provided in the embodiments of the present application, and the program enables the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or the network device in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes programs.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the terminal or the network device provided in the embodiments of the present application, and the program enables the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or the network device in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the terminal or the network device provided in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or the network device in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B may also be determined according to A and/or other information.
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be read by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital versatile disc (digital video disc, DVD)) or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD) )wait.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a digital versatile disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)

Abstract

Provided are a wireless communication method and a communication device. The method comprises: a first device receiving first control information, wherein the first control information corresponds to a plurality of configured SLIVs, the plurality of configured SLIVs comprise an invalid SLIV, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to an HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information, or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information. The embodiments of the present application clarify a processing mode of the invalid SLIV, thereby preventing disorderly communication caused due to two parties, which are in communication with each other, having an inconsistent understanding of the processing mode of the invalid SLIV.

Description

无线通信的方法和通信设备Method and communication device for wireless communication 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,并且更为具体地,涉及一种无线通信的方法和通信设备。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and more specifically, to a wireless communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
某些通信系统支持利用一个控制信息调度多个物理信道。在这种场景中,一个控制信息通常会对应多个起始长度指示(start&length indicator,SLIV)。该多个SLIV有可能会包含无效SLIV。Certain communication systems support scheduling of multiple physical channels with one control message. In this scenario, one control message usually corresponds to multiple start length indicators (start&length indicator, SLIV). The multiple SLIVs may contain invalid SLIVs.
如果某个控制信息对应的多个SLIV中包含无效SLIV,应当如何处理该无效SLIV,目前还没有合适的解决方案。如果通信双方对无效SLIV的处理方式理解不一致,则可能会导致通信错乱。If multiple SLIVs corresponding to a certain control information contain invalid SLIVs, how to deal with the invalid SLIVs is currently no suitable solution. If the two communicating parties have different understandings on how to deal with invalid SLIVs, it may lead to communication confusion.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种无线通信的方法和通信设备,以避免通信双方出现通信错乱。The present application provides a wireless communication method and communication equipment, so as to avoid communication confusion between the two communicating parties.
第一方面,提供一种无线通信的方法,包括:第一设备接收第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;其中,所述无效SLIV对应混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat reQuest,HARQ)进程号和/或混合自动重传请求-确认(hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement,HARQ-ACK)信息;或者,所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。In a first aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, including: a first device receives first control information, the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein the invalid SLIV corresponds to hybrid automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat reQuest, HARQ) process number and/or hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment (hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement, HARQ-ACK) information; or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to HARQ Process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
第二方面,提供一种无线通信的方法,包括:第二设备发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;其中,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。In a second aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, including: the second device sends first control information, the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein the invalid The SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
第三方面,提供一种通信设备,所述通信设备为第一设备,所述第一设备包括:接收模块,用于接收第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;其中,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, the communication device is a first device, and the first device includes: a receiving module, configured to receive first control information, where the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, so The multiple configured SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein, the invalid SLIVs correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIVs do not correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information.
第四方面,提供一种通信设备,所述通信设备为第二设备,所述第二设备包括:发送模块,用于发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;其中,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, the communication device is a second device, and the second device includes: a sending module, configured to send first control information, the first control information corresponds to a plurality of configuration SLIVs, and the The multiple configured SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein, the invalid SLIVs correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIVs do not correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information.
第五方面,提供一种通信设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储程序,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序,以执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, there is provided a communication device, including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store programs, and the processor is used to call the programs in the memory to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect method.
第六方面,提供一种装置,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用程序,以执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, an apparatus is provided, including a processor, configured to call a program from a memory, so as to execute the method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第七方面,提供一种芯片,包括处理器,用于从存储器调用程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a chip is provided, including a processor, configured to call a program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a program is stored, and the program causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第九方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,包括程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product is provided, including a program, the program causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第十方面,提供一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer program is provided, the computer program causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
本申请实施例中,无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。由此可见,本申请实施例明确了无效SLIV的处理方式,从而避免了通信双方对无效SLIV的处理方式理解不一致而导致的通信错乱。In this embodiment of the present application, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information. It can be seen that the embodiment of the present application clarifies the processing method of the invalid SLIV, thereby avoiding the communication confusion caused by the inconsistency of understanding of the processing method of the invalid SLIV by the communicating parties.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1A-图1C是可应用本申请实施例的通信系统的示例图。1A-1C are exemplary diagrams of a communication system to which the embodiments of the present application can be applied.
图2是一个DCI调度多个SLIV的示例图。Fig. 2 is an example diagram of one DCI scheduling multiple SLIVs.
图3是一个DCI调度的多个SLIV中存在无效SLIV的示例图。FIG. 3 is an example diagram of invalid SLIVs among multiple SLIVs scheduled by a DCI.
图4是本申请实施例提供的无线通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请一个实施例提供的无效SLIV的可能的处理方式的示例图。Fig. 5 is an example diagram of a possible processing manner of an invalid SLIV provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请另一实施例提供的无效SLIV的处理方式的示例图。Fig. 6 is an example diagram of a processing manner of an invalid SLIV provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的DCI与SLIV对应的物理信道的调度时序的示例图。FIG. 7 is an example diagram of a scheduling sequence of physical channels corresponding to DCI and SLIV according to an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请一个实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。Fig. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请另一实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的装置的结构示意图。Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(new radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、NTN系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)、第五代通信(5th-generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统,例如未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统,又如卫星通信系统等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system of mobile communication (global system of mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, advanced long term evolution (advanced long term evolution, LTE-A) system , new radio (new radio, NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) on unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, NTN system, universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS), wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi), fifth generation communication (5th-generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, such as future communication systems, such as the sixth-generation mobile communication system, and satellite communication systems.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),车辆间(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信,或车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, the number of connections supported by traditional communication systems is limited and easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, machine to machine (M2M) communication, machine type communication (MTC), vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, or vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, etc. , the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to these communication systems.
本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(dual connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(standalone,SA)布网场景。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (carrier aggregation, CA) scenario, may also be applied to a dual connectivity (dual connectivity, DC) scenario, and may also be applied to an independent (standalone, SA) network deployment scenario.
本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱,其中,非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱;或者,本申请实施例中的通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以认为是专用频谱。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, wherein the unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a licensed spectrum, wherein the licensed spectrum can also be Considered a dedicated spectrum.
本申请实施例可应用于NTN系统,也可应用于地面通信网络(terrestrial networks,TN)系统。作为示例而非限定,NTN系统包括基于NR的NTN系统和基于IoT的NTN系统。The embodiments of the present application may be applied to an NTN system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (terrestrial networks, TN) system. By way of example and not limitation, the NTN system includes an NR-based NTN system and an IoT-based NTN system.
本申请实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例,其中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile Terminal,MT)、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。Embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein the terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile Terminal, MT), remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STATION,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端设备,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a station (STATION, ST) in the WLAN, and may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as NR networks The terminal equipment in the network, or the terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network that will evolve in the future, etc.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,可以用于连接人、物和机,例如具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。可选地,UE可以用于充当基站。例如,UE可以充当调度实体,其在V2X或D2D等中的UE之间提供侧行链路信号。比如,蜂窝电话和汽车利用侧行链路信号彼此通信。蜂窝电话和智能家居设备之间通信,而无需通过基站中继通信信号。In this embodiment of the application, a terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, and can be used to connect people, things and machines, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, vehicle-mounted devices, and the like. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can be mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart Wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, etc. Optionally, UE can be used to act as a base station. For example, a UE may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in V2X or D2D, etc. For example, a cell phone and an automobile communicate with each other using sidelink signals. Communication between cellular phones and smart home devices without relaying communication signals through base stations.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites) superior).
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗 (remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备还可以称为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端设备、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端设备也可以是固定的或者移动的。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home. The terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station , remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE agent or UE device, etc. Terminal equipment can also be fixed or mobile.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备也可以称为接入网设备或无线接入网设备,如网络设备可以是基站。本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是指将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称,或与如下名称进行替换,比如:节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、主站MeNB、辅站SeNB、多制式无线(MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(access point,AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、射频头(remote radio head,RRH)、中心单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点或类似物,或其组合。基站还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。基站还可以是移动交换中心以及设备到设备D2D、车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)、机器到机器(machine-to-machine,M2M)通信中承担基站功能的设备、6G网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may also be called an access network device or a wireless access network device, for example, the network device may be a base station. The network device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network. The base station can broadly cover various names in the following, or replace with the following names, such as: Node B (NodeB), evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), relay station, Access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), primary station MeNB, secondary station SeNB, multi-standard wireless (MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node , wireless node, access point (access point, AP), transmission node, transceiver node, base band unit (base band unit, BBU), remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit) , AAU), radio head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), positioning nodes, etc. A base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node, or the like, or a combination thereof. A base station may also refer to a communication module, a modem or a chip configured in the aforementioned equipment or device. The base station can also be a mobile switching center, a device that undertakes the function of a base station in D2D, vehicle-to-everything (V2X), machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, and a device in a 6G network. Network-side equipment, equipment that assumes base station functions in future communication systems, etc. Base stations can support networks of the same or different access technologies. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device.
基站可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。例如,直升机或无人机可以被配置成充当移动基站,一个或多个小区可以根据该移动基站的位置移动。在其他示例中,直升机或无人机可以被配置成用作与另一基站通信的设备。Base stations can be fixed or mobile. For example, a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move according to the location of the mobile base station. In other examples, a helicopter or drone may be configured to serve as a device in communication with another base station.
在一些部署中,本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是指CU或者DU,或者,网络设备包括CU和DU。gNB还可以包括AAU。In some deployments, the network device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a CU or a DU, or, the network device includes a CU and a DU. A gNB may also include an AAU.
网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请实施例中对网络设备和终端设备所处的场景不做限定。Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, hand-held or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air. In the embodiment of the present application, the scenarios where the network device and the terminal device are located are not limited.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。在本申请一些实施例中,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。在本申请一些实施例中,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. In some embodiments of the present application, the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station. For example, the satellite can be a low earth orbit (low earth orbit, LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (medium earth orbit, MEO) satellite, a geosynchronous earth orbit (geosynchronous earth orbit, GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellite. ) Satellite etc. In some embodiments of the present application, the network device may also be a base station installed on land, in water, and other locations.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may provide services for a cell, and the terminal device communicates with the network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell, where the small cell may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell ( pico cell), femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
示例性的,图1A为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。如图1A所示,通信系统100可以包括网络设备110,网络设备110可以是与终端设备120(或称为通信终端、终端)通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备进行通信。Exemplarily, FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1A , a communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device for communicating with a terminal device 120 (or called a communication terminal, terminal). The network device 110 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
图1A示例性地示出了一个网络设备和两个终端设备,在本申请一些实施例中,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例 对此不做限定。FIG. 1A exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices. In some embodiments of the present application, the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and each network device may include other numbers of terminals within the coverage area. The device is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
示例性的,图1B为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图。请参见图1B,包括终端设备1101和卫星1102,终端设备1101和卫星1102之间可以进行无线通信。终端设备1101和卫星1102之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图1B所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星1102可以具有基站的功能,终端设备1101和卫星1102之间可以直接通信。在系统架构下,可以将卫星1102称为网络设备。在本申请一些实施例中,通信系统中可以包括多个网络设备1102,并且每个网络设备1102的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, FIG. 1B is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 1B , a terminal device 1101 and a satellite 1102 are included, and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 . The network formed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may also be referred to as NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 1B , the satellite 1102 may function as a base station, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may communicate directly. Under the system architecture, the satellite 1102 can be referred to as a network device. In some embodiments of the present application, the communication system may include multiple network devices 1102, and the coverage of each network device 1102 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,图1C为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图。请参见图1C,包括终端设备1201、卫星1202和基站1203,终端设备1201和卫星1202之间可以进行无线通信,卫星1202与基站1203之间可以通信。终端设备1201、卫星1202和基站1203之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图1C所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星1202可以不具有基站的功能,终端设备1201和基站1203之间的通信需要通过卫星1202的中转。在该种系统架构下,可以将基站1203称为网络设备。在本申请一些实施例中,通信系统中可以包括多个网络设备1203,并且每个网络设备1203的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, FIG. 1C is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 1C , it includes a terminal device 1201 , a satellite 1202 and a base station 1203 , wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 1201 and the satellite 1202 , and communication can be performed between the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 . The network formed among the terminal equipment 1201, the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 may also be referred to as NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 1C , the satellite 1202 may not have the function of a base station, and the communication between the terminal device 1201 and the base station 1203 needs to be relayed through the satellite 1202 . Under this system architecture, the base station 1203 may be called a network device. In some embodiments of the present application, the communication system may include multiple network devices 1203, and the coverage of each network device 1203 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,图1A-图1C只是以示例的形式示意本申请所适用的系统,当然,本申请实施例所示的方法还可以适用于其它系统,例如,5G通信系统、LTE通信系统等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that Fig. 1A-Fig. 1C are only illustrations of the systems to which this application is applicable. Of course, the methods shown in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other systems, for example, 5G communication systems, LTE communication systems, etc. , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请一些实施例中,图1A-图1C所示的无线通信系统还可以包括移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)、接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)等其他网络实体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In some embodiments of the present application, the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 1A-FIG. 1C may further include a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME), an access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,本申请实施例中网络/系统中具有通信功能的设备可称为通信设备。以图1A示出的通信系统100为例,通信设备可包括具有通信功能的网络设备110和终端设备120,网络设备110和终端设备120可以为上文所述的具体设备,此处不再赘述;通信设备还可包括通信系统100中的其他设备,例如网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例中对此不做限定。It should be understood that a device with a communication function in the network/system in the embodiment of the present application may be referred to as a communication device. Taking the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1A as an example, the communication equipment may include a network equipment 110 and a terminal equipment 120 with communication functions, and the network equipment 110 and the terminal equipment 120 may be the specific equipment described above, which will not be repeated here. The communication device may also include other devices in the communication system 100, such as network controllers, mobility management entities and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。It should be understood that the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
在本申请实施例的描述中,术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated, configuration and is configuration etc.
本申请实施例中的“配置”可以包括通过系统消息、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(media access control control element,MAC CE)中的至少一种来配置。The "configuration" in the embodiment of the present application may include configuring through at least one of system messages, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and media access control element (MAC CE) .
本申请实施例中的“半静态参数”可以包括系统消息、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(media access control control element,MAC CE)中的至少一种。The "semi-static parameter" in this embodiment of the present application may include at least one of system information, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, and media access control element (media access control control element, MAC CE).
在本申请一些实施例中,"预定义的"或"预设的"可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义的可以是指协议中定义的。In some embodiments of the present application, "predefined" or "preset" may be pre-saved in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices) with corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information implementation, and the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner. For example, the predefined ones may refer to those defined in the protocol.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述"协议"可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。In some embodiments of the present application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
为了便于理解,先对本申请实施例涉及的一些相关技术知识进行介绍。以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。For ease of understanding, some relevant technical knowledge involved in the embodiments of the present application is introduced first. The following related technologies may be optionally combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, and all of them belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiment of the present application includes at least part of the following contents.
高频系统high frequency system
随着通信系统的演进,在某些通信系统可以引入频率更高的新频段。例如,NR系统可以包括如下频段:52.6GHz-71GHz或71GHz-114.25GHz。With the evolution of communication systems, new frequency bands with higher frequencies may be introduced in some communication systems. For example, the NR system may include the following frequency bands: 52.6GHz-71GHz or 71GHz-114.25GHz.
新频段可以包括授权频谱,也可以包括非授权频谱。或者说,新频段可以包括专用频谱,也包括共享频谱。The new frequency band may include licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum. Alternatively, the new frequency bands may include dedicated spectrum as well as shared spectrum.
非授权频谱是国家和地区划分的可用于无线电设备通信的一种频谱。非授权频谱通常被认为是共享的。也就是说,不同通信系统中的通信设备只要满足国家或地区在该非授权频谱上设置的法规要求,就可以使用该非授权频谱,不需要向政府申请专用的频谱授权。The unlicensed spectrum is a kind of spectrum allocated by the country and region that can be used for radio equipment communication. Unlicensed spectrum is generally considered to be shared. That is to say, as long as communication equipment in different communication systems meets the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the unlicensed spectrum, it can use the unlicensed spectrum without applying for a dedicated spectrum authorization from the government.
为了让使用非授权频谱进行无线通信的各个通信设备在该非授权频谱上能够友好共存,一些国家或地区规定了使用非授权频谱必须满足的原则或法规要求。例如,在非授权频谱上,通信设备需要遵循“先听后说(listen before talk,LBT)”原则。例如,通信设备需要先进行信道接入过程。在接入非 授权频谱的信道之后,如果通信设备希望在该信道上进行信号发送,需要先进行信道监听或信道感知(channel sensing)。只有当信道监听成功时,该通信设备才能在该信道进行信号发送。如果通信设备在该信道上的信道监听失败,则该通信设备不能进行信号发送。In order to enable various communication devices that use unlicensed spectrum for wireless communication to coexist friendly on the unlicensed spectrum, some countries or regions stipulate principles or regulatory requirements that must be met when using unlicensed spectrum. For example, on unlicensed spectrum, communication devices need to follow the principle of "listen before talk (LBT)". For example, a communication device needs to perform a channel access process first. After accessing the channel of the unlicensed spectrum, if the communication device wishes to transmit signals on the channel, it needs to perform channel monitoring or channel sensing (channel sensing) first. Only when the channel monitoring is successful, the communication device can send signals on the channel. If the communication device fails to monitor the channel on the channel, the communication device cannot perform signal transmission.
信道监听成功也称为LBT成功或信道监听空闲。例如,在对信道进行监听的监听时隙内,如果检测到的信号能量低于能量检测门限,则表示信道监听成功。Channel listening success is also referred to as LBT success or channel listening idle. For example, in the monitoring time slot for monitoring the channel, if the detected signal energy is lower than the energy detection threshold, it indicates that the channel monitoring is successful.
信道监听失败也称为LBT失败或信道监听忙碌。例如,在对信道进行监听的监听时隙内,如果检测到的信号能量高于或等于能量检测门限,则表示信道监听失败。Channel listening failure is also known as LBT failure or channel listening busy. For example, in the monitoring time slot for monitoring the channel, if the detected signal energy is higher than or equal to the energy detection threshold, it indicates that the channel monitoring fails.
新频段的子载波间隔可以比通信系统(如NR系统)目前支持的子载波间隔更大。例如,新频段目前正在考虑引入的候选子载波间隔包括以下几种子载波间隔中的至少一种:240kHz、480kHz、960kHz、1.92MHz、3.84MHz。不同的子载波间隔可以对应不同的参数集(numerology)。例如,不同的子载波对应的以下参数中的一种或多种可以不同:符号长度,普通循环前缀(normal cyclic prefix,NCP)长度,符号带NCP长度,以及时隙长度。作为一个示例,一些候选子载波间隔对应的参数集(numerology)如下表1所示。The subcarrier spacing of the new frequency band can be larger than the subcarrier spacing currently supported by the communication system (such as the NR system). For example, the candidate subcarrier intervals currently being considered for introduction in the new frequency band include at least one of the following subcarrier intervals: 240 kHz, 480 kHz, 960 kHz, 1.92 MHz, and 3.84 MHz. Different subcarrier intervals may correspond to different numerology. For example, one or more of the following parameters corresponding to different subcarriers may be different: symbol length, normal cyclic prefix (normal cyclic prefix, NCP) length, symbol band NCP length, and time slot length. As an example, the parameter sets (numerology) corresponding to some candidate subcarrier spacings are shown in Table 1 below.
表1:候选子载波间隔对应的参数集Table 1: Parameter sets corresponding to candidate subcarrier spacing
子载波间隔subcarrier spacing 符号长度symbol length NCP长度NCP length 符号带NCP长度Symbol with NCP length 时隙长度slot length
240kHz240kHz 4.16μs4.16μs 0.292μs0.292μs 4.452μs4.452μs 62.5μs62.5μs
480kHz480kHz 2.08μs2.08μs 0.146μs0.146μs 2.226μs2.226μs 31.25μs31.25μs
960kHz960kHz 1.04μs1.04μs 0.073μs0.073μs 1.113μs1.113μs 15.625μs15.625μs
码本反馈codebook feedback
对于有下行业务的终端设备,网络设备可以通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)为终端设备调度物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)的传输。For a terminal device with downlink services, the network device can schedule transmission of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) for the terminal device through downlink control information (DCI).
终端设备在收到PDSCH之后,终端设备可以对PDSCH的译码结果进行混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement,HARQ)反馈。例如,终端设备可以基于HARQ反馈时序,将该PDSCH的译码结果通过物理上行链路控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)资源反馈给网络设备。该译码结果也可称为HARQ-ACK信息。HARQ-ACK信息例如可以包括确认(acknowledgement,ACK)信息和否定确认(negative acknowledgement,NACK)信息。HARQ-ACK信息有时也可称为反馈比特。After the terminal device receives the PDSCH, the terminal device may perform hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment (HARQ) feedback on the decoding result of the PDSCH. For example, the terminal device may feed back the decoding result of the PDSCH to the network device through a physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) resource based on the HARQ feedback timing. The decoding result may also be referred to as HARQ-ACK information. The HARQ-ACK information may include, for example, acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK) information and negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment, NACK) information. HARQ-ACK information may also sometimes be referred to as feedback bits.
某些通信系统(如NR系统)支持动态确定HARQ反馈时序。例如,网络设备可以通过DCI调度终端设备进行PDSCH接收。该DCI中可以包括用于传输该PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息的PUCCH资源的指示信息。Certain communication systems (such as NR systems) support dynamic determination of HARQ feedback timing. For example, the network device can schedule the terminal device to receive the PDSCH through the DCI. The DCI may include indication information of the PUCCH resource used to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH.
该PUCCH资源的指示信息可以包括PUCCH资源指示(PUCCH resource indicator)以及HARQ反馈时序指示(PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator)。The PUCCH resource indication information may include a PUCCH resource indication (PUCCH resource indicator) and a HARQ feedback timing indication (PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator).
PUCCH资源指示可用于确定传输PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息的PUCCH资源,如确定PUCCH资源的频域和/或码域位置。HARQ反馈时序指示信息可用于动态确定HARQ反馈资源(例如PUCCH资源)的时域位置(如HARQ反馈资源的时隙)。该HARQ反馈资源指示信息通常采用K 1表示。K 1可以指示PDSCH与承载该PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息的PUCCH或物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)之间的时隙偏移值。 The PUCCH resource indication can be used to determine the PUCCH resource for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH, such as determining the frequency domain and/or code domain position of the PUCCH resource. The HARQ feedback timing indication information can be used to dynamically determine the time-domain position (such as the time slot of the HARQ feedback resource) of the HARQ feedback resource (such as the PUCCH resource). The HARQ feedback resource indication information is usually represented by K 1 . K 1 may indicate a time slot offset value between a PDSCH and a PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) carrying HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH.
HARQ反馈时序指示信息可用于指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的值。该HARQ反馈时序集合可以是预设的HARQ反馈时序集合(如协议预定义),也可以是网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合。该HARQ反馈时序集合可以包括至少一个K 1值。 The HARQ feedback timing indication information may be used to indicate the value in the HARQ feedback timing set. The HARQ feedback timing set may be a preset HARQ feedback timing set (such as predefined by the protocol), or a HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device. The HARQ feedback timing set may include at least one K 1 value.
如果HARQ反馈时序集合只包括一个K 1值,则DCI可以不包括HARQ反馈时序指示。在这种情况下,该HARQ反馈资源的时域位置可以根据该HARQ反馈时序集合中的该一个K 1值确定。 If the HARQ feedback timing set includes only one K 1 value, the DCI may not include the HARQ feedback timing indication. In this case, the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource can be determined according to the K 1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set.
作为一个示例,HARQ反馈时序集合可以是预设的HARQ反馈时序集合。预设的HARQ反馈时序集合中的值均为预设值。该预设的HARQ反馈时序集合可以包括8个预设值{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}。DCI中的HARQ反馈时序指示信息可以包括3比特,且该3比特的指示信息与该8个预设值一一映射。例如,该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为000时,表示K 1=1;该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为001时,表示K 1=2,等等。可选地,如果HARQ反馈时序集合是预设的HARQ反馈时序集合,则DCI对应的DCI格式可以为回退DCI格式。例如,DCI对应的DCI格式可以为DCI格式1_0。 As an example, the HARQ feedback timing set may be a preset HARQ feedback timing set. The values in the preset HARQ feedback timing set are all preset values. The preset HARQ feedback timing set may include 8 preset values {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}. The HARQ feedback timing indication information in the DCI may include 3 bits, and the 3-bit indication information is mapped to the 8 preset values one by one. For example, when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 000, it means K 1 =1; when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 001, it means K 1 =2, and so on. Optionally, if the HARQ feedback timing set is a preset HARQ feedback timing set, the DCI format corresponding to the DCI may be a fallback DCI format. For example, the DCI format corresponding to the DCI may be DCI format 1_0.
作为另一示例,HARQ反馈时序集合可以是网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合。针对网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合,DCI中的HARQ反馈时序指示信息包括的比特数可以根据HARQ反馈时序集合中包括的值的个数确定。作为一个示例,网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合可以包括4个值。相应地,DCI中的HARQ反馈时序指示信息可以包括2比特。例如,当HARQ反馈时序指示信息为00时,可以指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的第一个值;当该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为01时,可以 指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的第二个值,等等。网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合有时可以包括无效K 1。例如,网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合中包括取值为-1的K 1值。当DCI中的HARQ反馈时序指示信息指示该无效K 1时,可以表示PUCCH资源所在的时隙暂不确定。可选地,如果HARQ反馈时序集合是网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合,则DCI对应的DCI格式可以为非回退DCI格式。例如,DCI对应的DCI格式可以为DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2。 As another example, the HARQ feedback timing set may be the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device. For the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device, the number of bits included in the HARQ feedback timing indication information in the DCI may be determined according to the number of values included in the HARQ feedback timing set. As an example, the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device may include 4 values. Correspondingly, the HARQ feedback timing indication information in the DCI may include 2 bits. For example, when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 00, it may indicate the first value in the HARQ feedback timing set; when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 01, it may indicate the second value in the HARQ feedback timing set, etc. wait. The HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device may sometimes include invalid K 1 . For example, the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device includes a K 1 value of -1. When the HARQ feedback timing indication information in the DCI indicates the invalid K 1 , it may indicate that the time slot where the PUCCH resource is located is temporarily uncertain. Optionally, if the HARQ feedback timing set is the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device, the DCI format corresponding to the DCI may be a non-fallback DCI format. For example, the DCI format corresponding to the DCI may be DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2.
某些通信系统(如NR系统)支持基于HARQ-ACK码本进行HARQ反馈。HARQ-ACK码本可以是半静态码本,也可以是动态码本。换句话说,终端设备可以基于半静态码本进行HARQ反馈,也可以基于动态码本进行HARQ反馈。半静态码本例如可以包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本和/或Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本。动态码本例如可以包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本和/或eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本。Some communication systems (such as NR systems) support HARQ feedback based on the HARQ-ACK codebook. The HARQ-ACK codebook can be a semi-static codebook or a dynamic codebook. In other words, the terminal device can perform HARQ feedback based on a semi-static codebook, or perform HARQ feedback based on a dynamic codebook. The semi-static codebook may include, for example, a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook and/or a Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook. The dynamic codebook may include, for example, a Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and/or an eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook.
以Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本为例。如果终端设备被配置了Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本,则Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本中可以包括一个反馈时间单元(如一个反馈时隙)对应的一组候选PDSCH接收机会对应的HARQ-ACK信息。Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本中包括的比特数可以是固定的。Take the Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook as an example. If the terminal device is configured with a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook, the Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook can include a set of candidate PDSCH receivers corresponding to a feedback time unit (such as a feedback time slot). ACK information. The number of bits included in the Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook may be fixed.
以Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本为例。如果终端设备被配置了Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本,Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中可以包括一个PUCCH组中的所有配置的载波上的所有HARQ进程对应的HARQ-ACK信息。Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中包括的比特数可以是固定的。一些情况下,Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本也可以称为one-shot HARQ-ACK码本。Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本可以包括两种类型的HARQ-ACK码本。一种类型的HARQ-ACK码本是携带新数据指示(new data indicator,NDI)的one-shot HARQ-ACK码本。另一种类型的HARQ-ACK码本是不携带NDI的one-shot HARQ-ACK码本。网络设备可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令配置终端设备在进行HARQ-ACK反馈时是否需要携带NDI。另外,对于PUCCH组中被配置了码块组(code block group,CBG)传输和CBG反馈的小区,Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本可以包括该小区中的每个HARQ进程对应的HARQ-ACK信息。该HARQ-ACK信息占的比特数可以根据该小区对应的CBG长度确定,或者,该HARQ-ACK信息占的比特数可以根据小区对应的传输块(transport block,TB)长度确定。Take the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook as an example. If the terminal device is configured with a Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook, the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook may include HARQ-ACK information corresponding to all HARQ processes on all configured carriers in a PUCCH group. The number of bits included in the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook may be fixed. In some cases, the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook can also be called one-shot HARQ-ACK codebook. The Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook can include two types of HARQ-ACK codebooks. One type of HARQ-ACK codebook is a one-shot HARQ-ACK codebook carrying a new data indicator (NDI). Another type of HARQ-ACK codebook is a one-shot HARQ-ACK codebook that does not carry NDI. The network device can configure whether the terminal device needs to carry NDI when performing HARQ-ACK feedback through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. In addition, for a cell configured with code block group (CBG) transmission and CBG feedback in the PUCCH group, the Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook can include HARQ-ACK information corresponding to each HARQ process in the cell . The number of bits occupied by the HARQ-ACK information may be determined according to the length of the CBG corresponding to the cell, or the number of bits occupied by the HARQ-ACK information may be determined according to the length of the transport block (transport block, TB) corresponding to the cell.
以Type-2或eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本为例。如果终端设备被配置了Type-2或eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本,Type-2或eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本中包括的比特排列顺序和比特数可以根据DCI中的下行链路分配索引(downlink assignment index,DAI)计数(counter DAI或C-DAI)信息和/或DAI总数(total DAI或T-DAI)信息确定。或者说,Type-2或eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本中包括的比特数可以根据DCI中的指示信息确定。Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本和eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本的区别在于:eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本在Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本的基础上支持分组反馈。也就是说,对于基于eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本的HARQ反馈,网络设备可以对调度的PDSCH进行分组。例如,网络设备调度终端设备进行PDSCH接收的DCI(该DCI的格式例如可以是DCI格式1_1)中可以包括PDSCH组索引(PDSCH group index)的指示信息和新反馈指示(new feedback indicator,NFI)的指示信息。在有些实施例中,最多可以支持2个分组。网络设备在触发终端设备进行HARQ反馈时,可以触发终端设备进行其中一组的HARQ反馈,也可以同时触发两个组的HARQ反馈。例如,DCI信息中可以包括反馈请求组个数的信息域(Number of requested PDSCH group(s))。如果终端设备接收到网络设备发送的DCI,并且该DCI中的反馈请求组个数信息域为一预设值(该预设值例如可以为1),那么终端设备可以进行两个组的HARQ反馈;或者,如果终端设备接收到网络设备发送的DCI,并且该DCI中的反馈请求组个数信息域为另一预设值(该预设值例如可以为0),那么终端设备可以进行一个组(如当前调度组)的HARQ-ACK反馈。Take Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook as an example. If the terminal device is configured with a Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, the order and number of bits included in the Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook can be assigned according to the downlink index in DCI (downlink assignment index, DAI) count (counter DAI or C-DAI) information and/or total DAI (total DAI or T-DAI) information is determined. In other words, the number of bits included in the Type-2 or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook can be determined according to the indication information in the DCI. The difference between the Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and the eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook is that the eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook supports packet feedback on the basis of the Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook. That is to say, for the HARQ feedback based on the eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, the network device can group the scheduled PDSCH. For example, the DCI (the format of the DCI may be, for example, DCI format 1_1) in which the network device schedules the terminal device to receive the PDSCH may include indication information of a PDSCH group index (PDSCH group index) and a new feedback indicator (new feedback indicator, NFI). Instructions. In some embodiments, a maximum of 2 packets may be supported. When the network device triggers the terminal device to perform HARQ feedback, it may trigger the terminal device to perform the HARQ feedback of one of the groups, and may also trigger the HARQ feedback of the two groups at the same time. For example, the DCI information may include an information field (Number of requested PDSCH group(s)) of the number of feedback request groups. If the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, and the feedback request group number information field in the DCI is a preset value (the preset value may be 1, for example), then the terminal device can perform HARQ feedback of two groups or, if the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, and the feedback request group number information field in the DCI is another preset value (the preset value can be 0, for example), then the terminal device can perform a group (such as the current scheduling group) HARQ-ACK feedback.
一个DCI调度多个物理信道One DCI schedules multiple physical channels
在某些通信系统中,一个DCI可以调度多个物理信道(或多个物理信道传输)。这里提及的物理信道例如可以是PDSCH,也可以是PUSCH。因此,一个DCI调度多个物理信道也可称为一个DCI可以调度多个下行传输,或一个DCI调度多个上行传输。本申请实施例对支持一个DCI调度多个物理信道的通信系统的类型不做具体限定。下面以前文提到的高频系统为例,对一个DCI调度多个物理信道的方式进行说明。In some communication systems, one DCI can schedule multiple physical channels (or multiple physical channel transmissions). The physical channel mentioned here may be PDSCH or PUSCH, for example. Therefore, one DCI scheduling multiple physical channels may also be referred to as one DCI scheduling multiple downlink transmissions, or one DCI scheduling multiple uplink transmissions. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the type of a communication system that supports one DCI to schedule multiple physical channels. The following takes the high-frequency system mentioned above as an example to describe the manner in which one DCI schedules multiple physical channels.
前文提到,在高频系统中,引入了子载波间隔较大的子载波。由于子载波间隔较大,因此每个时隙占用的时间长度较短。在这种情况下,如果沿用低频系统中的基于每个时隙的物理信道调度方式,则终端设备需要在每个时隙检测物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)指的是)。由于高频系统的时隙较短,要想在每个时隙进行PDCCH的检测,则要求终端设备具有较强的处理能力,这无疑会增加终端设备的成本。为了减少对终端设备的处理能力要求,可以考虑引入一个DCI调度多个物理信道的调度方式。As mentioned above, in the high-frequency system, sub-carriers with relatively large sub-carrier spacing are introduced. Since the interval between subcarriers is large, the time length occupied by each time slot is relatively short. In this case, if the physical channel scheduling method based on each time slot in the low-frequency system is used, the terminal device needs to detect a physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) in each time slot. Since the time slots of the high-frequency system are relatively short, in order to detect the PDCCH in each time slot, the terminal equipment is required to have strong processing capability, which undoubtedly increases the cost of the terminal equipment. In order to reduce the processing capacity requirements of the terminal equipment, it may be considered to introduce a scheduling mode in which one DCI schedules multiple physical channels.
为了支持一个DCI调度多个物理信道,时域资源分配(time domain resource assignment,TDRA) 表格中的某一行或某些行可以对应多个SLIV的行索引。一个SLIV可以对应一个物理信道(可以是PDSCH,也可以是PUSCH)。例如,一个SLIV可以指示一个物理信道的时域资源位置。例如,一个SLIV可用于指示一个物理信道的起始符号和占用的符号数量。In order to support one DCI to schedule multiple physical channels, a row or some rows in the time domain resource assignment (TDRA) table may correspond to row indexes of multiple SLIVs. One SLIV can correspond to one physical channel (either PDSCH or PUSCH). For example, a SLIV may indicate the time-domain resource location of a physical channel. For example, a SLIV can be used to indicate the starting symbol and the number of occupied symbols of a physical channel.
如果终端设备收到的DCI中的TDRA信息指示的行索引为对应多个SLIV的行索引(或者说,一个DCI对应多个SLIV),则表示网络设备为终端设备调度该多个SLIV对应的多个物理信道的传输。不同的物理信道可用于传输不同的TB。在一些特殊情况下,不同的物理信道也可以用于传输相同的TB。If the row index indicated by the TDRA information in the DCI received by the terminal device is the row index corresponding to multiple SLIVs (or in other words, one DCI corresponds to multiple SLIVs), it means that the network device schedules the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the multiple SLIVs for the terminal device. transmission over a physical channel. Different physical channels can be used to transmit different TBs. In some special cases, different physical channels can also be used to transmit the same TB.
下面结合表2和图2,给出一个具体的示例。A specific example is given below in conjunction with Table 2 and FIG. 2 .
表2示出了网络设备为终端设备配置的一个TDRA表格(表2中的不同的SLIV可以对应不同的TB)。该TDRA表格中的行索引I的取值为0和1。行索引0对应一个SLIV。如果终端设备收到的DCI中的TDRA信息指示行索引0,则代表该DCI调度一个物理信道。行索引1对应4个SLIV。如果终端设备收到的DCI中的TDRA信息指示行索引为1,则代表该DCI调度4个物理信道。Table 2 shows a TDRA table configured by the network device for the terminal device (different SLIVs in Table 2 may correspond to different TBs). The values of the row index I in the TDRA table are 0 and 1. Row index 0 corresponds to a SLIV. If the TDRA information in the DCI received by the terminal device indicates row index 0, it means that the DCI schedules a physical channel. Row index 1 corresponds to 4 SLIVs. If the TDRA information in the DCI received by the terminal device indicates that the row index is 1, it means that the DCI schedules 4 physical channels.
假设终端设备收到的DCI中的TDRA信息指示表2中的行索引1,且该DCI中的HARQ进程号(HARQ process number,HPN)指示为2,则该终端设备可以根据该行索引确定4个物理信道的时域位置(如时域位置的起始符号和长度)。此外,终端设备可以根据HPN=2,确定4个SLIV对应的HPN。例如,参见图2,终端设备可以确定SLIV 1-0对应的HPN=2,并且,终端设备在2的基础上依次加1,得到剩余的SLIV 1-1、SLIV 1-2、SLIV 1-3对应的HPN分别为3,4,5。需要注意的是,如果终端设备被配置的HARQ进程数为16,则对应HPN的取值范围为0到15。在该示例中,假设SLIV 1-0对应的HPN=14,则剩余的SLIV 1-1、SLIV 1-2、SLIV 1-3对应的HPN分别为15,0,1,即当某个SLIV对应的HPN达到最大值时,后续SLIV对应的HPN的取值可以从HPN=0开始重新计算(当然,如果起始的HPN为1,则可以从HPN=1开始重新计算)。Assuming that the TDRA information in the DCI received by the terminal device indicates row index 1 in Table 2, and the HARQ process number (HARQ process number, HPN) in the DCI indicates 2, then the terminal device can determine 4 according to the row index The time domain position of a physical channel (such as the start symbol and length of the time domain position). In addition, the terminal device can determine the HPNs corresponding to the 4 SLIVs according to HPN=2. For example, referring to Figure 2, the terminal device can determine that HPN=2 corresponding to SLIV 1-0, and the terminal device adds 1 to 2 in order to obtain the remaining SLIV 1-1, SLIV 1-2, and SLIV 1-3 The corresponding HPNs are 3,4,5 respectively. It should be noted that if the number of HARQ processes configured on the terminal device is 16, the value range of the corresponding HPN is 0 to 15. In this example, assuming that the HPN corresponding to SLIV 1-0=14, the HPNs corresponding to the remaining SLIV 1-1, SLIV 1-2, and SLIV 1-3 are 15, 0, 1 respectively, that is, when a certain SLIV corresponds to When the HPN reaches the maximum value, the value of the HPN corresponding to the subsequent SLIV can be recalculated from HPN=0 (of course, if the initial HPN is 1, it can be recalculated from HPN=1).
表2:TDRA表格Table 2: TDRA form
行索引Irow index I SLIV配置SLIV configuration
00 SLIV 0-0SLIV 0-0
11 SLIV 1-0;SLIV 1-1;SLIV 1-2;SLIV 1-3SLIV 1-0; SLIV 1-1; SLIV 1-2; SLIV 1-3
需要说明的是,上文仅是以高频系统为例,对一个DCI调度多个物理信道的方式进行举例说明。本申请实施例可以应用于采用一个DCI调度多个物理信道的任意场景,而不限于上文提及的高频系统。It should be noted that, the above only uses a high-frequency system as an example to illustrate the manner in which one DCI schedules multiple physical channels. The embodiment of the present application can be applied to any scenario where one DCI is used to schedule multiple physical channels, and is not limited to the high-frequency system mentioned above.
在一个DCI调度多个物理信道的情况下,一个DCI可以对应多个SLIV。该多个SLIV有时会包含无效SLIV。参见图3,一个DCI对应4个SLIV,分别是SLIV 1-0,SLIV 1-1,SLIV 1-2,SLIV 1-3。该4个SLIV中,SLIV 1-0,SLIV 1-1,SLIV 1-3为有效SLIV,SLIV 1-2为无效SLIV。如果一个DCI对应的多个SLIV中包含无效SLIV,则终端设备应当如何处理该无效SLIV,目前还没有合适的解决方案。In the case that one DCI schedules multiple physical channels, one DCI can correspond to multiple SLIVs. The multiple SLIVs sometimes contain invalid SLIVs. See Figure 3, one DCI corresponds to 4 SLIVs, namely SLIV 1-0, SLIV 1-1, SLIV 1-2, and SLIV 1-3. Among the 4 SLIVs, SLIV 1-0, SLIV 1-1, and SLIV 1-3 are valid SLIVs, and SLIV 1-2 are invalid SLIVs. If multiple SLIVs corresponding to one DCI contain an invalid SLIV, there is no suitable solution for how the terminal device should handle the invalid SLIV.
此外,除了终端设备与网络设备的通信场景,两个终端设备通过侧行链路进行通信的场景也可能会出现一个控制信息(如侧行控制信息)调度多个物理信道(如多个物理侧行共享信道)的情况。在这种场景中,该多个SLIV中同样可能会包含无效SLIV,此时,终端设备应当如何处理该无效SLIV,也是亟待解决的问题。In addition, in addition to the communication scenario between the terminal device and the network device, the scenario where two terminal devices communicate through the side link may also have a control information (such as side link control information) to schedule multiple physical channels (such as multiple physical sidelinks). line shared channel). In this scenario, the plurality of SLIVs may also include an invalid SLIV. At this time, how the terminal device should handle the invalid SLIV is also a problem to be solved urgently.
为了解决上述问题,下文结合图4,对本申请实施例进行详细描述。In order to solve the above problem, the following describes the embodiment of the present application in detail with reference to FIG. 4 .
图4是本申请实施例提供的无线通信方法的示意性流程图。图4的方法可以由第一设备和第二设备执行。第一设备和第二设备均为通信设备或无线电设备。在一些实施例中,该第一设备和第二设备可以分别是终端设备和网络设备。例如,第一设备可以是图1中的终端设备120,第二设备可以是图1中的网络设备110。在另一些实施例中,该第一设备和第二设备可以是通过侧行链路通信的两个设备。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method in FIG. 4 may be executed by the first device and the second device. Both the first device and the second device are communication devices or radio devices. In some embodiments, the first device and the second device may be a terminal device and a network device respectively. For example, the first device may be the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 , and the second device may be the network device 110 in FIG. 1 . In other embodiments, the first device and the second device may be two devices communicating via a sidelink.
参见图4,在步骤S410,第一设备接收第一控制信息。Referring to FIG. 4, in step S410, the first device receives first control information.
在一些实施例中,第一控制信息可以是DCI。在另一些实施例中,第一控制信息可以是侧行控制信息。In some embodiments, the first control information may be DCI. In other embodiments, the first control information may be side traffic control information.
该第一控制信息可以调度第一物理信道传输。该第一物理信道可以包括一个或多个物理信道。当第一物理信道包括多个物理信道时,该多个物理信道的传输方向可以相同,也可以不同。例如,该第一物理信道可以包括以下物理信道中的一种:一个或多个下行物理信道,一个或多个上行物理信道,一个或多个侧行物理信道。下行物理信道例如可以是PDSCH。上行物理信道例如可以是PUSCH。侧行物理信道例如可以是物理侧行共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel,PSSCH)。The first control information may schedule transmission of the first physical channel. The first physical channel may include one or more physical channels. When the first physical channel includes multiple physical channels, the transmission directions of the multiple physical channels may be the same or different. For example, the first physical channel may include one of the following physical channels: one or more downlink physical channels, one or more uplink physical channels, and one or more sidelink physical channels. The downlink physical channel may be PDSCH, for example. The uplink physical channel may be PUSCH, for example. The sidelink physical channel may be, for example, a physical sidelink shared channel (physical sidelink shared channel, PSSCH).
该第一控制信息可以对应多个SLIV(本申请实施例提及的SLIV也可称为配置SLIV)。换句话说,该第一控制信息可以包含用于确定该多个SLIV的信息。例如,该第一控制信息可以包括TDRA信息。该TDRA信息指示TDRA表格中的行索引,且该行索引为对应多个SLIV的行索引。例如,该行索引 可以是表2中的行索引1。The first control information may correspond to multiple SLIVs (SLIVs mentioned in this embodiment of the application may also be referred to as configuration SLIVs). In other words, the first control information may contain information for determining the plurality of SLIVs. For example, the first control information may include TDRA information. The TDRA information indicates a row index in the TDRA table, and the row index is a row index corresponding to a plurality of SLIVs. For example, the row index may be row index 1 in table 2.
第一控制信息可以对应第一控制信息格式。第一设备可以被配置该第一控制信息格式。以第一控制信息格式为DCI格式1_1为例,则第一控制信息可以为DCI格式1_1对应的DCI。The first control information may correspond to the first control information format. The first device may be configured with the first control information format. Taking the first control information format as DCI format 1_1 as an example, the first control information may be DCI corresponding to DCI format 1_1.
该第一控制信息格式可以调度的物理信道的最大个数M可以大于或等于2。或者,该第一控制信息格式可以调度的最大时隙个数M可以大于或等于2。相应地,第一控制信息调度的第一物理信道可以包括S个物理信道。S可以大于或等于1,且小于或等于M。该S个物理信道中的每个物理信道可以对应一个SLIV。The maximum number M of physical channels that can be scheduled by the first control information format may be greater than or equal to 2. Alternatively, the maximum number M of time slots that can be scheduled by the first control information format may be greater than or equal to 2. Correspondingly, the first physical channel scheduled by the first control information may include S physical channels. S can be greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M. Each of the S physical channels may correspond to one SLIV.
在一些实施例中,第一控制信息可以对应第一HARQ-ACK码本。第一HARQ-ACK码本可以对应第一反馈资源。在一些实施例中,第一设备可以通过第一反馈资源发送该第一HARQ-ACK码本。In some embodiments, the first control information may correspond to the first HARQ-ACK codebook. The first HARQ-ACK codebook may correspond to the first feedback resource. In some embodiments, the first device may send the first HARQ-ACK codebook through the first feedback resource.
可选地,对于下行传输,第一反馈资源包括物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel PUCCH)资源或PUSCH资源,或者,第一HARQ-ACK码本通过PUCCH或PUSCH传输。Optionally, for downlink transmission, the first feedback resources include physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel PUCCH) resources or PUSCH resources, or, the first HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted through PUCCH or PUSCH.
可选地,对于上行传输,第一反馈资源包括PDCCH资源,或者,第一HARQ-ACK码本通过PDCCH传输。Optionally, for uplink transmission, the first feedback resources include PDCCH resources, or the first HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted through the PDCCH.
可选地,对于侧行传输,第一反馈资源包括物理侧行反馈信道(physical sidelink feedback channel,PSFCH)资源,或者,第一HARQ-ACK码本通过PSFCH传输。Optionally, for sidelink transmission, the first feedback resource includes a physical sidelink feedback channel (physical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH) resource, or, the first HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted through the PSFCH.
第一控制信息对应的多个SLIV可以包括有效SLIV和/或无效SLIV。The multiple SLIVs corresponding to the first control information may include valid SLIVs and/or invalid SLIVs.
有效SLIV可以对应第一物理信道传输。例如,第一控制信息对应S个有效SLIV,第一物理信道包括与该S个有效SLIV一一对应的S个物理信道。An active SLIV may correspond to a first physical channel transmission. For example, the first control information corresponds to S effective SLIVs, and the first physical channel includes S physical channels corresponding to the S effective SLIVs one-to-one.
有效SLIV可以根据该SLIV对应的符号的传输方向(在一些实施例中,上行符号的传输方向为上行或灵活,和/或,下行符号的传输方向为下行或灵活,和/或,侧行符号的传输方向为灵活;在一些实施例中,也可以将符号的传输方向替换为符号的方向)确定。例如,有效SLIV可以是多个SLIV中的满足如下条件的SLIV:该SLIV对应的符号(部分或全部符号)的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方式相同。例如,假设第一物理信道为下行物理信道,如果该多个SLIV中的某个SLIV对应的全部符号的传输方式均为下行,则该SLIV为有效SLIV。又如,假设第一物理信道为上行物理信道,如果该多个SLIV中的某个SLIV对应的全部符号的传输方式均为上行,则该SLIV为有效SLIV。The effective SLIV can be based on the transmission direction of the symbol corresponding to the SLIV (in some embodiments, the transmission direction of the uplink symbol is uplink or flexible, and/or, the transmission direction of the downlink symbol is downlink or flexible, and/or, the sidelink symbol The transmission direction of the symbol is flexible; in some embodiments, the transmission direction of the symbol can also be replaced by the direction of the symbol) to determine. For example, the valid SLIV may be one of the multiple SLIVs that satisfies the following condition: the transmission direction of symbols (part or all symbols) corresponding to the SLIV is the same as the transmission manner of the first physical channel. For example, assuming that the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, if the transmission mode of all symbols corresponding to a certain SLIV among the multiple SLIVs is downlink, then the SLIV is an effective SLIV. For another example, assuming that the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, if the transmission mode of all symbols corresponding to a certain SLIV among the multiple SLIVs is uplink, then the SLIV is an effective SLIV.
无效SLIV可以包括多个SLIV中的不对应第一物理信道传输的SLIV。在一些实施例中,该无效SLIV为一行SLIV对应的多个SLIV中除最后一个SLIV外的SLIV。例如,无效SLIV可以指该多个SLIV中的满足如下条件中的至少一个的SLIV:SLIV对应的至少一个符号(例如可以是该SLIV对应的部分或全部符号)的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方式不同;SLIV对应的部分或全部符号为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的符号;和/或,SLIV对应的部分或全部频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的频域资源。应理解,在本申请实施例中,用于速率匹配的时频资源不用于物理信道传输。无效SLIV的确定方式可以有多种。例如,无效SLIV的确定方式可以包括基于半静态配置参数确定和/或基于动态调度参数确定。基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV也可以称为半静态配置确定的无效SLIV。基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV也可以称为动态调度确定的SLIV。The invalid SLIV may include a SLIV that does not correspond to transmission on the first physical channel among the plurality of SLIVs. In some embodiments, the invalid SLIV is a SLIV except the last SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to a row of SLIVs. For example, an invalid SLIV may refer to an SLIV that satisfies at least one of the following conditions among the plurality of SLIVs: the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to the SLIV (for example, part or all of the symbols corresponding to the SLIV) is the same as that of the first physical channel The transmission methods are different; part or all of the symbols corresponding to SLIV are symbols in the time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or, part or all of the frequency domain resources corresponding to SLIV are frequency domains in the time-frequency resources used for rate matching resource. It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the time-frequency resources used for rate matching are not used for physical channel transmission. Invalid SLIVs can be determined in a variety of ways. For example, the manner of determining the invalid SLIV may include determining based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determining based on dynamic scheduling parameters. An invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters may also be referred to as an invalid SLIV determined by a semi-static configuration. An invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters may also be referred to as an SLIV determined by dynamic scheduling.
在一些实施例中,基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV可以包括:该SLIV对应的至少一个第一符号(例如可以是该SLIV对应的部分或全部符号)的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同。在该实施例中,该至少一个第一符号的传输方向可以是基于动态调度参数确定的。以第一控制信息为第一DCI为例,该动态调度参数例如可以是通过该第一DCI传输的,或者,也可以是通过第一设备收到的DCI格式为DCI格式2_0的第二DCI传输的。其中,DCI格式2_0中的时隙格式指示信息可以用于指示符号的传输方向。In some embodiments, the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may include: the transmission direction of at least one first symbol (for example, some or all symbols corresponding to the SLIV) corresponding to the SLIV and the transmission direction of the first physical channel different. In this embodiment, the transmission direction of the at least one first symbol may be determined based on a dynamic scheduling parameter. Taking the first control information as the first DCI as an example, the dynamic scheduling parameter may, for example, be transmitted through the first DCI, or may also be transmitted through the second DCI received by the first device in a DCI format of DCI format 2_0 of. Wherein, the time slot format indication information in DCI format 2_0 may be used to indicate the transmission direction of symbols.
以下行传输为例进行说明。在下行传输中,第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备,第一控制信息为第一DCI,且该第一DCI中的TDRA信息指示TDRA表格中的多个SLIV。如果终端设备收到网络设备的动态调度参数,且根据该动态调度参数确定该多个SLIV中的至少一个SLIV对应的至少一个符号的传输方向为上行或灵活,则终端设备确定该至少一个SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV。该动态调度参数例如可以是通过该第一DCI传输的,或者,该动态调度参数也可以是通过DCI格式为DCI格式2_0的第二DCI传输的。Take the downlink transmission as an example for description. In downlink transmission, the first device is a terminal device, the second device is a network device, the first control information is the first DCI, and the TDRA information in the first DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table. If the terminal device receives the dynamic scheduling parameter of the network device, and determines according to the dynamic scheduling parameter that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to at least one SLIV in the plurality of SLIVs is uplink or flexible, then the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is Invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters. For example, the dynamic scheduling parameter may be transmitted through the first DCI, or the dynamic scheduling parameter may also be transmitted through the second DCI whose DCI format is DCI format 2_0.
以上行传输为例进行说明。在上行传输中,第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备,第一控制信息为第一DCI,且该第一DCI中的TDRA信息指示TDRA表格中的多个SLIV。如果终端设备收到网络设备的动态调度参数,且该动态调度参数指示该多个SLIV中的至少一个SLIV对应的至少一个符号的传输方向为下行或灵活,则终端设备确定该至少一个SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV。该动态调度参数例如可以是通过该第一DCI传输的,或者,该动态调度参数也可以是通过DCI格式为DCI格式2_0的第二DCI传输的。The uplink transmission is taken as an example for description. In uplink transmission, the first device is a terminal device, the second device is a network device, the first control information is the first DCI, and the TDRA information in the first DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table. If the terminal device receives the dynamic scheduling parameter of the network device, and the dynamic scheduling parameter indicates that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to at least one SLIV in the multiple SLIVs is downlink or flexible, then the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is based on Invalid SLIV as determined by dynamic dispatch parameters. For example, the dynamic scheduling parameter may be transmitted through the first DCI, or the dynamic scheduling parameter may also be transmitted through the second DCI whose DCI format is DCI format 2_0.
在一些实施例中,基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV可以包括:该SLIV对应的部分或全部符号为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的符号。In some embodiments, the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may include: some or all symbols corresponding to the SLIV are symbols in the time-frequency resource used for rate matching.
在该实施例中,速率匹配的时频资源(或速率匹配的图案)可以是根据半静态配置参数和/或动态调度参数确定的。In this embodiment, the time-frequency resource (or pattern of rate matching) for rate matching may be determined according to semi-static configuration parameters and/or dynamic scheduling parameters.
可选地,速率匹配的时频资源对应的资源集合是资源块(resource block,RB)-符号对应的资源集合,或者说,该资源集合在时域上的单位为一个或多个符号,在频域上的单位为一个或多个RB。Optionally, the resource set corresponding to the rate-matched time-frequency resource is a resource set corresponding to a resource block (resource block, RB)-symbol, or in other words, the unit of the resource set in the time domain is one or more symbols, in A unit in the frequency domain is one or more RBs.
可选地,第一设备可以被例如半静态参数配置速率匹配的时频资源对应的资源集合。该资源集合可以被认为是用于速率匹配的时频资源。该资源集合中对应的资源元素(resource element,RE)不用于物理信道例如PDSCH传输。Optionally, the first device may be configured with a resource set corresponding to the time-frequency resource for rate matching by, for example, a semi-static parameter. This set of resources can be considered as time-frequency resources for rate matching. The corresponding resource element (resource element, RE) in the resource set is not used for physical channel such as PDSCH transmission.
可选地,第一设备可以被配置速率匹配图案组1或速率匹配图案组2。当第一设备收到的控制信息中不包括速率匹配指示信息时,第一设备应假设速率匹配图案组1或速率匹配图案组2不用于物理信道传输。即速率匹配图案组1或速率匹配图案组2可以被认为是用于速率匹配的时频资源。例如,当收到的PDSCH是使用DCI格式1_0调度,或为使用DCI格式1_0激活的半静态调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)PDSCH,或为DCI格式1_1调度(或DCI格式1_2)且DCI格式1_1(或DCI格式1_2)中不包括速率匹配指示信息时,第一设备应假设速率匹配图案组1或速率匹配图案组2不用于PDSCH传输。Optionally, the first device may be configured with rate matching pattern set 1 or rate matching pattern set 2. When the control information received by the first device does not include rate matching indication information, the first device should assume that rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is not used for physical channel transmission. That is, the rate matching pattern group 1 or the rate matching pattern group 2 can be regarded as time-frequency resources for rate matching. For example, when the received PDSCH is scheduled using DCI format 1_0, or is a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) PDSCH activated using DCI format 1_0, or is scheduled for DCI format 1_1 (or DCI format 1_2) and the DCI format When the rate matching indication information is not included in 1_1 (or DCI format 1_2), the first device shall assume that rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is not used for PDSCH transmission.
可选地,当第一设备收到的控制信息中包括速率匹配指示信息时,第一设备根据该速率匹配指示信息确定速率匹配图案组1或速率匹配图案组2是否用于物理信道传输。即该速率匹配指示信息用于动态指示该被配置的速率匹配图案组1或速率匹配图案组2是否用于物理信道传输。例如,DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2中包括速率匹配指示信息,该速率匹配指示信息用于动态指示该被配置的速率匹配图案组1或速率匹配图案组2是否用于PDSCH传输。假设该速率匹配指示信息包括2比特,其中第1比特对应速率匹配图案组1,第2比特对应速率匹配图案组2,如果速率匹配指示信息中的比特为1,表示该比特对应的速率匹配图案组中的资源不用于PDSCH传输。对于资源集合中不属于速率匹配图案组1且不属于速率匹配图案组2的资源,当收到的PDSCH是使用DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2调度时,第一设备应假设该资源不用于PDSCH传输。Optionally, when the control information received by the first device includes rate matching indication information, the first device determines whether rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is used for physical channel transmission according to the rate matching indication information. That is, the rate matching indication information is used to dynamically indicate whether the configured rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is used for physical channel transmission. For example, DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 includes rate matching indication information, and the rate matching indication information is used to dynamically indicate whether the configured rate matching pattern group 1 or rate matching pattern group 2 is used for PDSCH transmission. Assume that the rate matching indication information includes 2 bits, wherein the first bit corresponds to rate matching pattern group 1, and the second bit corresponds to rate matching pattern group 2. If the bit in the rate matching indication information is 1, it indicates the rate matching pattern corresponding to this bit The resources in the group are not used for PDSCH transmission. For resources in the resource set that do not belong to rate matching pattern group 1 and rate matching pattern group 2, when the received PDSCH is scheduled using DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, the first device shall assume that the resource is not used for PDSCH transmission .
在一些实施例中,基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV可以包括:该SLIV对应的部分或全部频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的频域资源。第一控制信息可以包括频域资源分配(frequency domain resource assignment,FDRA)信息,该SLIV对应的频域资源可以根据该FDRA确定。例如,结合该FDRA信息和TDRA信息,可以确定该SLIV对应的一个或多个时频资源(如物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)),则该一个或多个时频资源对应的频域资源即可理解为该SLIV对应的频域资源。在该实施例中,该动态调度参数例如可以是通过该第一控制信息(如第一DCI)传输的,例如该动态调度参数包括TDRA信息和FDRA信息。速率匹配的时频资源(或速率匹配的图案)可以是半静态配置的和/或动态指示的。In some embodiments, the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may include: some or all of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the SLIV are frequency domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching. The first control information may include frequency domain resource assignment (frequency domain resource assignment, FDRA) information, and the frequency domain resource corresponding to the SLIV may be determined according to the FDRA. For example, in combination with the FDRA information and TDRA information, one or more time-frequency resources (such as physical resource blocks (PRB)) corresponding to the SLIV can be determined, and then the frequency domain corresponding to the one or more time-frequency resources The resource can be understood as the frequency domain resource corresponding to the SLIV. In this embodiment, the dynamic scheduling parameter may be transmitted through the first control information (such as the first DCI), for example, the dynamic scheduling parameter includes TDRA information and FDRA information. The time-frequency resource (or pattern of rate matching) for rate matching may be semi-statically configured and/or dynamically indicated.
在一些实施例中,基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV可以包括:该SLIV对应的部分或全部时频资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源。例如,第一设备可以被配置用于速率匹配的时频资源(或速率匹配图案),且第一设备确定多个SLIV中的一个或多个SLIV对应的时域资源和频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源(该速率匹配图案)中的资源,则第一设备确定该一个或多个SLIV为无效SLIV。In some embodiments, the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may include: some or all of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the SLIV are time-frequency resources for rate matching. For example, the first device may be configured with time-frequency resources (or rate matching patterns) for rate matching, and the first device determines that time-domain resources and frequency-domain resources corresponding to one or more SLIVs among the multiple SLIVs are used for If there are resources in the rate-matched time-frequency resources (the rate-matching pattern), the first device determines that the one or more SLIVs are invalid SLIVs.
作为一个示例,如果一个SLIV对应的全部时频资源均为用于速率匹配的时频资源,则该SLIV为无效SLIV。例如,第一设备根据速率匹配图案确定某个SLIV对应的时频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源(即根据速率匹配图案确定某个SLIV对应的时频域资源不用于数据传输),则第一设备可以确定该SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV。在该实施例中,该动态调度参数例如可以是通过该第一控制信息(如第一DCI)传输的,例如该动态调度参数包括TDRA信息和FDRA信息。速率匹配的时频资源(或速率匹配的图案)可以是半静态配置的和/或动态指示的。As an example, if all time-frequency resources corresponding to a SLIV are time-frequency resources for rate matching, the SLIV is an invalid SLIV. For example, according to the rate matching pattern, the first device determines that the time-frequency domain resources corresponding to a certain SLIV are time-frequency resources for rate matching (that is, according to the rate matching pattern, it is determined that the time-frequency domain resources corresponding to a certain SLIV are not used for data transmission), Then the first device may determine that the SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameter. In this embodiment, the dynamic scheduling parameter may be transmitted through the first control information (such as the first DCI), for example, the dynamic scheduling parameter includes TDRA information and FDRA information. The time-frequency resource (or pattern of rate matching) for rate matching may be semi-statically configured and/or dynamically indicated.
以下行传输为例进行说明。在下行传输中,第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备。第一控制信息为DCI,且该DCI中的TDRA信息指示TDRA表格中的多个SLIV。终端设备收到的网络设备半静态配置的TDD图案(例如通过高层参数tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated配置的TDD图案)指示该多个SLIV中的至少一个SLIV中的至少部分符号的传输方向为灵活,终端设备被配置接收DCI格式2_0且终端设备没有收到网络设备动态指示的符号的传输方向(例如,终端设备没有收到DCI格式2_0),或者,终端设备收到的DCI格式2_0指示该至少一个SLIV对应的至少部分符号的传输方向不为下行(例如为上行或灵活),则终端设备确定该至少一个SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV。Take the downlink transmission as an example for description. In downlink transmission, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. The first control information is DCI, and the TDRA information in the DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table. The TDD pattern of the semi-static configuration of the network device received by the terminal device (for example, the TDD pattern configured by the high layer parameter tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated) indicates that at least one of the multiple SLIVs is in the SLIV The transmission direction of at least some symbols is flexible, the terminal device is configured to receive DCI format 2_0 and the terminal device has not received the transmission direction of symbols dynamically indicated by the network device (for example, the terminal device has not received DCI format 2_0), or, the terminal device receives If the received DCI format 2_0 indicates that the transmission direction of at least some symbols corresponding to the at least one SLIV is not downlink (for example, uplink or flexible), then the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
以上行传输为例进行说明。在上行传输中,第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备。第一控 制信息为DCI,且该DCI中的TDRA信息指示TDRA表格中的多个SLIV。终端设备收到的网络设备半静态配置的TDD图案(例如通过高层参数tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated配置的TDD图案)指示该多个SLIV中的至少一个SLIV中的至少部分符号的传输方向为灵活,终端设备被配置接收DCI格式2_0且终端设备没有收到网络设备动态指示的符号的传输方向(例如,终端设备没有收到DCI格式2_0),或者,终端设备收到的DCI格式2_0指示该至少一个SLIV对应的至少部分符号的传输方向不为上行(例如为下行或灵活),则终端设备确定该至少一个SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV。The uplink transmission is taken as an example for description. In uplink transmission, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. The first control information is DCI, and the TDRA information in the DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table. The TDD pattern of the semi-static configuration of the network device received by the terminal device (for example, the TDD pattern configured by the high layer parameter tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated) indicates that at least one of the multiple SLIVs is in the SLIV The transmission direction of at least some symbols is flexible, the terminal device is configured to receive DCI format 2_0 and the terminal device has not received the transmission direction of symbols dynamically indicated by the network device (for example, the terminal device has not received DCI format 2_0), or, the terminal device receives If the received DCI format 2_0 indicates that the transmission direction of at least some symbols corresponding to the at least one SLIV is not uplink (for example, downlink or flexible), then the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
在一些实施例中,基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV可以包括:无效SLIV对应的至少一个第二符号(例如可以是无效SLIV对应的部分或全部符号)的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同。在该实施例中,该至少一个第二符号的传输方向可以是基于半静态配置参数确定的。另外,在该实施例中,该半静态配置参数例如可以包括基于半静态参数配置的TDD图案。In some embodiments, the invalid SLIV determined based on the semi-static configuration parameters may include: the transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV (for example, some or all symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV) and the transmission direction of the first physical channel The direction is different. In this embodiment, the transmission direction of the at least one second symbol may be determined based on semi-static configuration parameters. In addition, in this embodiment, the semi-static configuration parameters may include, for example, a TDD pattern configured based on semi-static parameters.
以下行传输为例进行说明。在下行传输中,第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备。第一控制信息为DCI,且该DCI中的TDRA信息指示TDRA表格中的多个SLIV。终端设备收到的网络设备半静态配置的TDD图案(例如通过高层参数tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated配置的TDD图案)指示该多个SLIV中的至少一个SLIV中的至少部分符号的传输方向为上行,则终端设备确定该至少一个SLIV为基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。Take the downlink transmission as an example for description. In downlink transmission, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. The first control information is DCI, and the TDRA information in the DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table. The TDD pattern of the semi-static configuration of the network device received by the terminal device (for example, the TDD pattern configured by the high layer parameter tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated) indicates that at least one of the multiple SLIVs is in the SLIV If the transmission direction of at least part of the symbols is uplink, the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
以上行传输为例进行说明。在下行传输中,第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备。第一控制信息为DCI,且该DCI中的TDRA信息指示TDRA表格中的多个SLIV。终端设备收到的网络设备半静态配置的TDD图案(例如通过高层参数tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated配置的TDD图案)指示该多个SLIV中的至少一个SLIV中的至少部分符号的传输方向为下行,则终端设备确定该至少一个SLIV为基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。The uplink transmission is taken as an example for description. In downlink transmission, the first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. The first control information is DCI, and the TDRA information in the DCI indicates multiple SLIVs in the TDRA table. The TDD pattern of the semi-static configuration of the network device received by the terminal device (for example, the TDD pattern configured by the high layer parameter tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated) indicates that at least one of the multiple SLIVs is in the SLIV If the transmission direction of at least part of the symbols is downlink, the terminal device determines that the at least one SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
重新参见图4,在步骤S420,第一设备确定(或假设)无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,第一设备确定无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。Referring again to FIG. 4, in step S420, the first device determines (or assumes) that the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; or, the first device determines that the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
第一设备对应HARQ进程号可以指该第一设备确定该无效SLIV对应的HARQ进程号。第一设备不对应HARQ进程号可以指该第一设备不需要确定该无效SLIV对应的HARQ进程号。The HARQ process number corresponding to the first device may refer to the HARQ process number corresponding to the invalid SLIV determined by the first device. The fact that the first device does not correspond to the HARQ process ID may mean that the first device does not need to determine the HARQ process ID corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
第一设备对应HARQ-ACK信息可以指该第一设备反馈该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息。例如,第一设备反馈的第一HARQ-ACK码本中包含该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息。或者说,第一设备反馈的第一HARQ-ACK码本中包括该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息。第一设备不对应HARQ-ACK信息可以指该第一设备不反馈该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息。或者说,第一设备反馈的HARQ-ACK码本中不包括该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息。The HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first device may mean that the first device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV. For example, the first HARQ-ACK codebook fed back by the first device includes the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV. In other words, the first HARQ-ACK codebook fed back by the first device includes the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV. The fact that the first device does not correspond to the HARQ-ACK information may mean that the first device does not feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV. In other words, the HARQ-ACK codebook fed back by the first device does not include the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
当无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息可以指该无效SLIV对应ACK信息,也可以指无效SLIV对应NACK信息。示例性地,无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息可以指无效SLIV对应NACK信息。When the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV may refer to the ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV, or may refer to the NACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV. Exemplarily, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV may refer to the NACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV.
本申请实施例明确了无效SLIV的处理方式,从而避免了第一设备和第二设备对无效SLIV的处理方式理解不一致而导致的通信错乱。The embodiment of the present application clarifies the processing method of the invalid SLIV, thereby avoiding the communication disorder caused by the inconsistent understanding of the processing method of the invalid SLIV by the first device and the second device.
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV的处理方式(即无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息)可以与某种或多种信息具有关联关系。例如,无效SLIV的处理方式可以取决于某个或某些条件。在相同的条件下,无效SLIV的处理方式可以相同。在不同的条件下,无效SLIV的处理方式可以相同,也可以不同。In some embodiments, the processing manner of the invalid SLIV (that is, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process ID and/or the HARQ-ACK information) may be associated with one or more types of information. For example, how an invalid SLIV is handled may depend on one or more conditions. Under the same conditions, invalid SLIVs can be handled in the same way. Invalid SLIVs can be handled in the same or different ways under different conditions.
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV的处理方式可以与以下信息中的至少一种具有关联关系:无效SLIV的确定方式(如可以包括前文提及的基于半静态配置参数确定和/或基于动态调度参数确定);第一物理信道的传输方向;第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型;以及,第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式。In some embodiments, the invalid SLIV processing method may be associated with at least one of the following information: the invalid SLIV determination method (for example, may include the aforementioned determination based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or based on dynamic scheduling parameters Determination); the transmission direction of the first physical channel; the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device; and whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method.
下面结合实施例,对无效SLIV与其他信息的关联方式进行详细地举例说明。In the following, the manner of associating the invalid SLIV with other information will be illustrated in detail with reference to the embodiments.
实施例一:无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于无效SLIV的确定方Embodiment 1: Whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV 式确定的determined
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,可以包括以下情况中的至少一种:如果无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果无效SLIV是基 于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号且无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。In some embodiments, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, which may include at least one of the following situations: If the invalid SLIV is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters invalid SLIV, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if Invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, and the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information.
应理解,在不冲突的前提下,上述情况之间可以任意组合。作为一个示例,对于基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,该无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和HARQ-ACK信息;对于基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,该无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和NACK信息。作为另一示例,无论是对于基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,还是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,该无效SLIV均不对应HARQ进程号和HARQ-ACK信息。It should be understood that, on the premise of no conflict, the above situations can be combined arbitrarily. As an example, for an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and HARQ-ACK information; for an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and NACK information. As another example, no matter for an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and HARQ-ACK information.
下面以第一物理信道为PDSCH,第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备为例给出一个具体的示例。A specific example is given below by taking the first physical channel as the PDSCH, the first device as the terminal device, and the second device as the network device as examples.
首先,网络设备可以为终端设备配置了如前文中的表2所示的TDRA表格,且不同的SLIV对应不同的TB。First, the network device may configure the TDRA table shown in Table 2 above for the terminal device, and different SLIVs correspond to different TBs.
当终端设备收到第一DCI(对应于前文中的第一控制信息),且该第一DCI中的TDRA信息指示的行索引I为1时。参见前文中的表2,该终端设备根据该行索引可以确定该第一DCI调度4个SLIV。另外,该第一DCI中的HARQ进程号指示为2。When the terminal device receives the first DCI (corresponding to the first control information above), and the row index I indicated by the TDRA information in the first DCI is 1. Referring to Table 2 above, the terminal device can determine that the first DCI schedules 4 SLIVs according to the row index. In addition, the HARQ process number indication in the first DCI is 2.
进一步地,在该示例中,终端设备确定该4个SLIV中的SLIV 1-2为基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。例如,终端设备基于半静态配置参数(如高层参数tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated)配置的TDD图案确定SLIV1-2对应的符号的传输方向与DCI调度的第一物理信道的传输方向不同。在该情况下,如图5所示,终端设备确定该无效的SLIV 1-2不对应HARQ进程号和HARQ-ACK信息。换句话说,终端设备不需要确定该无效的SLIV 1-2对应的HARQ进程号,且不反馈该无效的SLIV 1-2对应的HARQ-ACK信息。Further, in this example, the terminal device determines that SLIVs 1-2 among the four SLIVs are invalid SLIVs determined based on semi-static configuration parameters. For example, the terminal device determines the transmission direction of symbols corresponding to SLIV1-2 and the first Physical The transmission direction of the channel is different. In this case, as shown in Figure 5, the terminal device determines that the invalid SLIV 1-2 does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the HARQ-ACK information. In other words, the terminal device does not need to determine the HARQ process number corresponding to the invalid SLIV 1-2, and does not feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV 1-2.
或者,进一步地,在该示例中,终端设备确定该4个SLIV中的SLIV 1-2为基于动态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。例如,终端设备被配置用于速率匹配的时频资源(或速率匹配图案),且终端设备确定SLIV1-2对应的时域资源和频域资源为该速率匹配图案中的资源。又例如,终端设备基于半静态配置参数(如高层参数tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated)配置的TDD图案确定SLIV 1-2对应的至少一个符号的传输方向为灵活,终端设备被配置接收DCI格式为DCI格式2_0的第二DCI,且终端设备没有收到该第二DCI,或者终端设备收到该第二DCI,其中,该第二DCI指示该SLIV 1-2对应的至少一个符号的传输方向不是下行(或该第二DCI指示该SLIV 1-2对应的至少一个符号的传输方向是上行或灵活)。在该情况下,如图6所示,终端设备确定该无效的SLIV 1-2对应HARQ进程号和HARQ-ACK信息。换句话说,终端设备需要确定该无效的SLIV 1-2对应的HARQ进程号,且反馈该无效的SLIV 1-2对应的HARQ-ACK信息。Or, further, in this example, the terminal device determines that SLIVs 1-2 among the 4 SLIVs are invalid SLIVs determined based on dynamic configuration parameters. For example, the terminal device is configured with time-frequency resources (or a rate matching pattern) for rate matching, and the terminal device determines that the time domain resources and frequency domain resources corresponding to SLIV1-2 are the resources in the rate matching pattern. For another example, the terminal device determines that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to SLIV 1-2 is flexible, The terminal device is configured to receive the second DCI whose DCI format is DCI format 2_0, and the terminal device has not received the second DCI, or the terminal device has received the second DCI, wherein the second DCI indicates that the SLIV 1-2 corresponds to The transmission direction of at least one symbol is not downlink (or the second DCI indicates that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to the SLIV 1-2 is uplink or flexible). In this case, as shown in Figure 6, the terminal device determines that the invalid SLIV 1-2 corresponds to the HARQ process number and HARQ-ACK information. In other words, the terminal device needs to determine the HARQ process number corresponding to the invalid SLIV 1-2, and feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV 1-2.
实施例二:无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一物理信道的传输Embodiment 2: Whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is based on the transmission of the first physical channel 方向确定的directional
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一物理信道的传输方向确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:如果第一物理信道为上行物理信道,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果第一物理信道为侧行物理信道,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,则无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。In some embodiments, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations: if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel , the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is For the downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,则无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:If the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device, including at least one of the following situations kind:
如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于无效SLIV的确定方式确定的;If the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determination method ;
如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且第一设备未被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;以及If the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the first device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and
如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且第一设备被配置第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel and the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
在一些实施例中的,本实施例提及的第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本可以包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本。In some embodiments, the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook mentioned in this embodiment may include a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
在一些实施例中,本实施例提及的第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本可以包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本,eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本和Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中的至少一种。In some embodiments, the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook mentioned in this embodiment may include Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook at least one of .
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一物理信道 的传输方向以及无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。In some embodiments, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel and the determination method of the invalid SLIV.
作为一个示例,如果第一物理信道为上行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号。As an example, if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, then the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number.
作为另一示例,如果第一物理信道为上行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号。As another example, if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number.
作为又一示例,如果第一物理信道为上行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号。As yet another example, if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, then the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number.
作为又一示例,如果第一物理信道为上行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号。As yet another example, if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number.
作为又一示例,如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。As yet another example, if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
作为又一示例,如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。As yet another example, if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
作为又一示例,如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。As yet another example, if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
作为又一示例,如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。As yet another example, if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
在不冲突的情况下,以上情况之间可以任意地组合。例如,如果第一物理信道为上行物理信道,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号;如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果第一物理信道为下行物理信道,且无效SLIV为基于半静态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。In the case of no conflict, the above situations can be combined arbitrarily. For example, if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number; if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-persistent scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
实施例三:无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一设备被配置的Embodiment 3: Whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is configured based on the first device HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的The type of HARQ-ACK codebook is determined
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device, including at least one of the following situations:
如果第一设备未被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;以及If the first device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; and
如果第一设备被配置第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,还可以包括:无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本以及无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。In some embodiments, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured by the first device, and may also include: whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and /or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the first device being configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook and the manner of determining the invalid SLIV.
作为一个示例,当第一设备被配置不同类型的HARQ-ACK码本时,基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV和基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV可以采用不同的处理方式。As an example, when the first device is configured with different types of HARQ-ACK codebooks, the invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters and the invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters may be handled in different ways.
作为又一示例,当第一设备被配置不同类型的HARQ-ACK码本时,基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV可以采用不同的处理方式。As yet another example, when the first device is configured with different types of HARQ-ACK codebooks, the invalid SLIV determined based on the dynamic scheduling parameters may be handled differently.
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,还可以包括:如果第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。In some embodiments, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured by the first device, and may also include: if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determination method.
作为一个示例,如果第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,且无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;和/或,如果第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,且无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。As an example, if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; And/or, if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
作为又一示例,如果第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,且无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号,且无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。As another example, if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information.
在一些实施例中,本实施例提及的第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本可以包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本。In some embodiments, the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook mentioned in this embodiment may include a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
在一些实施例中,本实施例提及的第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本可以包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本,eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本和Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中的至少一种。In some embodiments, the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook mentioned in this embodiment may include Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook at least one of .
下面以第一物理信道为PDSCH,第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备为例给出一个具体的示例。A specific example is given below by taking the first physical channel as the PDSCH, the first device as the terminal device, and the second device as the network device as examples.
首先,网络设备可以为终端设备配置了如前文中的表2所示的TDRA表格,且不同的SLIV对应 不同的TB。First, the network device can configure the TDRA table shown in Table 2 above for the terminal device, and different SLIVs correspond to different TBs.
当终端设备收到DCI(对应于前文中的第一控制信息),且该DCI中的TDRA信息指示的行索引I为1时。参见前文中的表2,该终端设备根据该行索引可以确定该DCI调度4个SLIV。另外,该DCI中的HARQ进程号指示为2。When the terminal device receives the DCI (corresponding to the first control information above), and the row index I indicated by the TDRA information in the DCI is 1. Referring to Table 2 above, the terminal device can determine that the DCI schedules 4 SLIVs according to the row index. In addition, the HARQ process number indicated in the DCI is 2.
进一步地,在该示例中,终端设备确定该4个SLIV中的SLIV 1-2为基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV。例如,终端设备被配置用于速率匹配的时频资源(或速率匹配图案),且终端设备确定SLIV 1-2对应的时域资源和频域资源为该速率匹配图案中的资源。又例如,终端设备基于半静态配置参数(如高层参数tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated)配置的TDD图案确定SLIV 1-2对应的至少一个符号的传输方向为灵活。终端设备被配置接收DCI格式为DCI格式2_0的第二DCI,且终端设备没有收到该第二DCI。或者,终端设备收到该第二DCI,其中,该第二DCI指示该SLIV 1-2对应的至少一个符号的传输方向不是下行(或该第二DCI指示该SLIV 1-2对应的至少一个符号的传输方向是上行或灵活)。Further, in this example, the terminal device determines that SLIVs 1-2 among the 4 SLIVs are invalid SLIVs determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters. For example, the terminal device is configured with time-frequency resources (or rate matching patterns) for rate matching, and the terminal device determines that the time domain resources and frequency domain resources corresponding to SLIV 1-2 are the resources in the rate matching pattern. For another example, the terminal device determines that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to SLIV 1-2 is flexible based on a TDD pattern configured with a semi-static configuration parameter (such as a high-level parameter tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated). The terminal device is configured to receive the second DCI whose DCI format is DCI format 2_0, and the terminal device does not receive the second DCI. Or, the terminal device receives the second DCI, wherein the second DCI indicates that the transmission direction of at least one symbol corresponding to the SLIV 1-2 is not downlink (or the second DCI indicates at least one symbol corresponding to the SLIV 1-2 The direction of transmission is uplink or flexible).
当终端设备被配置Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本反馈时,如图6所示,该无效的SLIV 1-2对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。When the terminal device is configured with Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook feedback, as shown in Figure 6, the invalid SLIV 1-2 corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
当终端设备被配置Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本或eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本或Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本时,如图5所示,该无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。When the terminal device is configured with Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook or eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook or Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook, as shown in Figure 5, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
实施例四:无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与第一设备是否被配置基于Embodiment 4: Whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information and whether the first device is configured based on 绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系The generation method of the bound HARQ-ACK information has an association relationship
本申请实施例提及的绑定可以包括以下类型的绑定中的至少一种:时域绑定、物理信道绑定和空域绑定。The bundling mentioned in this embodiment of the present application may include at least one of the following types of bundling: time domain bundling, physical channel bundling, and air domain bundling.
为了便于理解,先对物理信道绑定、时域绑定(时域绑定可以理解为时域上的物理信道绑定,在一些情况下,物理信道绑定可以等同于时域绑定)和空域绑定进行介绍。For ease of understanding, physical channel bonding, time domain bonding (time domain bonding can be understood as physical channel bonding in the time domain, in some cases, physical channel bonding can be equivalent to time domain bonding) and Airspace binding is introduced.
在一些实施例中,第一设备可能被配置基于物理信道绑定或基于时域绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式(为了便于描述,下文将基于物理信道绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式称为物理信道绑定反馈)。In some embodiments, the first device may be configured with a method of generating HARQ-ACK information based on physical channel bundling or time-domain bundling (for ease of description, the method of generating HARQ-ACK information based on physical channel bundling is referred to as bonding feedback for physical channels).
如果第一设备被配置物理信道绑定反馈,对于第一控制信息调度多个物理信道的调度方式,第一设备可能被配置一个控制信息(如DCI)调度该多个物理信道时,每个物理信道对应的比特数是固定的;或者,第一设备可能被配置一个控制信息(如DCI)调度多个物理信道时,该控制信息对应的比特数是固定的。If the first device is configured with physical channel binding feedback, for the first control information to schedule multiple physical channels, the first device may be configured with one control information (such as DCI) to schedule the multiple physical channels, each physical channel The number of bits corresponding to the channel is fixed; or, when the first device may be configured with one piece of control information (such as DCI) to schedule multiple physical channels, the number of bits corresponding to the control information is fixed.
本申请实施例中,物理信道绑定反馈可理解为N个候选物理信道接收机会的HARQ-ACK信息绑定,即只有该N个候选物理信道接收机会对应的HARQ-ACK信息均为ACK,则该N个候选物理信道接收机会绑定后的反馈信息为ACK;如果该N个候选物理信道接收机会中的任意一个候选物理信道接收机会对应的HARQ-ACK信息为NACK,则该N个候选物理信道接收机会绑定后的反馈信息为NACK。N为大于或等于2的正整数。In this embodiment of the present application, physical channel bundling feedback can be understood as HARQ-ACK information bundling of N candidate physical channel receivers, that is, only the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the N candidate physical channel receivers is ACK, then The feedback information after binding of the N candidate physical channel receivers is ACK; if the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to any one of the N candidate physical channel receivers is NACK, then the N candidate physical channel receivers The feedback information after the channel receiver is bound is NACK. N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
可选地,第一设备被配置物理信道绑定反馈的情况下,进行物理信道绑定反馈。Optionally, in a case where physical channel bonding feedback is configured, the first device performs physical channel bonding feedback.
可选地,对于被调度物理信道接收的候选物理信道接收机会,该候选物理信道接收机会对应的HARQ-ACK信息为对应的物理信道接收后的译码信息。Optionally, for a candidate physical channel receiver that is scheduled for physical channel reception, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the candidate physical channel receiver is decoding information after the corresponding physical channel is received.
可选地,对于未被调度物理信道接收的候选物理信道接收机会,该候选物理信道接收机会对应的HARQ-ACK信息为ACK。Optionally, for a candidate physical channel receiver that is not received by the scheduled physical channel, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the candidate physical channel receiver is ACK.
可选地,N是预定义的,或N是根据网络设备的配置参数例如物理信道绑定反馈参数确定的。Optionally, N is predefined, or N is determined according to configuration parameters of network devices such as physical channel bonding feedback parameters.
可选地,该N个候选物理信道接收机会分别对应第一控制信息(如DCI)中的TDRA信息对应的N个SLIV。Optionally, the N candidate physical channel receivers respectively correspond to the N SLIVs corresponding to the TDRA information in the first control information (such as DCI).
在一些实施例中,第一设备还可能被配置基于空域绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式(为了便于描述,下文将基于空域绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式称为空域绑定反馈)。In some embodiments, the first device may also be configured with a manner of generating HARQ-ACK information based on airspace bundling (for ease of description, the manner of generating HARQ-ACK information based on airspace bundling is referred to as airspace bundling feedback hereinafter).
本申请实施例中,空域绑定反馈可理解为两个码字的HARQ-ACK信息绑定,即只有两个码字对应的HARQ-ACK信息均为ACK,则两个码字绑定后的反馈信息为ACK;如果两个码字中的任意一个码字对应的HARQ-ACK信息为NACK,则两个码字绑定后的待反馈信息为NACK。如果只调度了1个码字,对于未被调度的另一个码字,假设其对应的HARQ-ACK信息为ACK。In the embodiment of the present application, the spatial domain bundling feedback can be understood as the bundling of HARQ-ACK information of two codewords, that is, only the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to two codewords is ACK, then the bounded HARQ-ACK information of two codewords is The feedback information is ACK; if the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to any one of the two codewords is NACK, the information to be fed back after the two codewords are bundled is NACK. If only one codeword is scheduled, for another unscheduled codeword, it is assumed that its corresponding HARQ-ACK information is ACK.
在一些实施例中,在被配置物理信道绑定反馈和空域绑定反馈的情况下,第一设备的绑定反馈方式为:先进行空域绑定,再进行物理信道绑定。In some embodiments, when physical channel bonding feedback and air domain bonding feedback are configured, the bundling feedback mode of the first device is: first perform air domain bonding, and then perform physical channel bonding.
在一些实施例中,在被配置物理信道绑定反馈的情况下,当第一设备被配置的TB反馈长度大于1时,第一设备的绑定反馈方式为:先进行空域绑定,再进行物理信道绑定。也就是说,如果第一设备被配置了物理信道绑定反馈和空域绑定反馈,或第一设备被配置了物理信道绑定反馈但未被配置空域 绑定反馈,当待绑定反馈的物理信道对应的TB反馈长度大于1(或者说待绑定反馈的物理信道对应的码字数大于1)时,第一设备需要先对每个物理信道的多个码字对应的HARQ-ACK信息进行空域绑定反馈,以得到该物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息,然后,第一设备需要对不同的物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息进行物理信道绑定反馈。In some embodiments, when the physical channel bundling feedback is configured, when the TB feedback length configured for the first device is greater than 1, the bundling feedback method of the first device is: first perform air domain bundling, and then perform Physical channel bonding. That is to say, if the first device is configured with physical channel bundling feedback and air domain bundling feedback, or the first device is configured with physical channel bundling feedback but not configured with air domain bundling feedback, when the physical When the TB feedback length corresponding to the channel is greater than 1 (or the number of codewords corresponding to the physical channel to be bundled and fed back is greater than 1), the first device needs to perform spatial domain bundling feedback to obtain the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the physical channel, and then, the first device needs to perform physical channel bundling feedback on the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to different physical channels.
当第一设备被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式时,无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系。When the first device is configured with a binding-based HARQ-ACK information generation method, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is related to whether the first device is configured with a binding-based HARQ-ACK information generation method connection relation.
在一些实施例中,无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系可以包括:当无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息与第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系。例如,当无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果第一设备未被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则无效SLIV可以对应NACK信息。又如,当无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果第一设备被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则无效SLIV可以对应ACK信息。In some embodiments, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information has an association with whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information may include: when the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV is associated with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding. For example, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is not configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation manner, the invalid SLIV may correspond to the NACK information. For another example, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding, the invalid SLIV may correspond to the ACK information.
在一些实施例中,在第一设备被配置绑定反馈(可以是时域绑定反馈、物理信道绑定反馈、空域绑定反馈中的至少一种)的情况下,第一设备在进行绑定反馈时,假设无效SLIV对应的候选物理信道接收机会对应的HARQ-ACK信息为ACK信息。该实施例中提及的无效SLIV例如可以是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV。In some embodiments, when the first device is configured with bundling feedback (which may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback), the first device performs bundling When determining the feedback, it is assumed that the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the candidate physical channel receiver corresponding to the invalid SLIV is ACK information. The invalid SLIV mentioned in this embodiment may be, for example, an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
在一些实施例中,在第一设备被配置绑定反馈(可以是时域绑定反馈、物理信道绑定反馈、空域绑定反馈中的至少一种)的情况下,第一设备在进行绑定反馈时,可以不考虑该无效SLIV对应的候选物理信道接收机会对应的HARQ-ACK信息。该实施例中提及的无效SLIV例如可以是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。In some embodiments, when the first device is configured with bundling feedback (which may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback), the first device performs bundling When determining the feedback, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the candidate physical channel receiver corresponding to the invalid SLIV may not be considered. The invalid SLIV mentioned in this embodiment may be, for example, an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
在一些实施例中,如果第一设备被配置绑定反馈(可以是时域绑定反馈、物理信道绑定反馈、空域绑定反馈中的至少一种),对于基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,第一设备假设该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息为ACK信息;或者,第一设备在进行基于绑定反馈的码本生成时,可以不考虑该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In some embodiments, if the first device is configured with bundling feedback (which may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback), the invalid For SLIV, the first device assumes that the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV is ACK information; or, the first device may not consider the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV when performing codebook generation based on bundling feedback.
在一些实施例中,如果第一设备被配置绑定反馈(可以是时域绑定反馈、物理信道绑定反馈、空域绑定反馈中的至少一种),对于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,第一设备可以假设该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息为ACK信息;或者,第一设备在进行基于绑定反馈的码本生成时,可以不考虑该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In some embodiments, if the first device is configured with bundling feedback (it may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback), for the invalid SLIV determined by the dynamic scheduling parameter, The first device may assume that the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV is ACK information; or, the first device may not consider the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV when performing codebook generation based on bundling feedback.
在一些实施例中,如果第一设备被配置绑定反馈(可以是时域绑定反馈、物理信道绑定反馈、空域绑定反馈中的至少一种),对于无效SLIV,第一设备可以假设该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息为ACK信息;或者,第一设备在进行基于绑定反馈的码本生成时,可以不考虑该无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In some embodiments, if the first device is configured with bundling feedback (it may be at least one of time domain bundling feedback, physical channel bundling feedback, and air domain bundling feedback), for invalid SLIV, the first device may assume that The HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV is ACK information; or, the first device may not consider the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV when performing codebook generation based on bundling feedback.
在一些实施例中,对于下行传输,第一设备被配置的TDRA表格中包括的多个SLIV中每个SLIV对应一个K 0值。 In some embodiments, for downlink transmission, each of the multiple SLIVs included in the configured TDRA table of the first device corresponds to a K 0 value.
可选地,K 0值用于指示DCI所在时隙与该多个SLIV中的每个SLIV对应的符号所在的时隙之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, the K 0 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the DCI is located and the time slot where the symbol corresponding to each SLIV in the multiple SLIVs is located.
可选地,K 0值用于指示DCI所在时间单元与该多个SLIV中的每个SLIV所在时间单元之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, the K 0 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time unit of the DCI and the time unit of each of the multiple SLIVs.
可选地,对于第1个SLIV,K 0值用于指示DCI所在时隙与该SLIV所在时隙之间的时间单元个数;对于除第1个SLIV外的其他SLIV,K 0值用于指示该SLIV前一个SLIV所在时隙与该SLIV所在时隙之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, for the first SLIV, the K 0 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the DCI is located and the time slot where the SLIV is located; for other SLIVs except the first SLIV, the K 0 value is used for Indicates the number of time units between the time slot where the previous SLIV of the SLIV is located and the time slot where the SLIV is located.
可选地,对于第1个SLIV,K 0值用于指示DCI所在时间单元与该SLIV所在时间单元之间的时间单元个数;对于除第1个SLIV外的其他SLIV,K 0值用于指示该SLIV前一个SLIV所在时间单元与该SLIV所在时间单元之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, for the first SLIV, the K 0 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time unit where the DCI is located and the time unit where the SLIV is located; for other SLIVs except the first SLIV, the K 0 value is used for Indicates the number of time units between the time unit of the previous SLIV of the SLIV and the time unit of the SLIV.
在一些实施例中,对于上行传输,第一设备被配置的TDRA表格中包括的多个SLIV中每个SLIV对应一个K 2值。 In some embodiments, for uplink transmission, each of the multiple SLIVs included in the configured TDRA table of the first device corresponds to a K 2 value.
可选地,K 2值用于指示DCI所在时隙与该多个SLIV中的每个SLIV所在时隙之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, the K2 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the DCI is located and the time slot where each of the multiple SLIVs is located.
可选地,K 2值用于指示DCI所在时间单元与该多个SLIV中的每个SLIV所在时间单元之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, the K2 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time unit of the DCI and the time unit of each of the multiple SLIVs.
可选地,对于第1个SLIV,K 2值用于指示DCI所在时隙与该SLIV所在时隙之间的时间单元个数; 对于除第1个SLIV外的其他SLIV,K 2值用于指示该SLIV前一个SLIV所在时隙与该SLIV所在时隙之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, for the first SLIV, the K 2 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the DCI is located and the time slot where the SLIV is located; for other SLIVs except the first SLIV, the K 2 value is used for Indicates the number of time units between the time slot where the previous SLIV of the SLIV is located and the time slot where the SLIV is located.
可选地,对于第1个SLIV,K 2值用于指示DCI所在时间单元与该SLIV所在时间单元之间的时间单元个数;对于除第1个SLIV外的其他SLIV,K 2值用于指示该SLIV前一个SLIV所在时间单元与该SLIV所在时间单元之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, for the first SLIV, the K 2 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time unit where the DCI is located and the time unit where the SLIV is located; for other SLIVs except the first SLIV, the K 2 value is used for Indicates the number of time units between the time unit of the previous SLIV of the SLIV and the time unit of the SLIV.
在一些实施例中,对于下行传输,第一设备被调度的DCI对应一个或多个K 1值。 In some embodiments, for downlink transmission, the scheduled DCI of the first device corresponds to one or more K 1 values.
可选地,K 1值用于指示DCI对应的多个SLIV中的最后一个配置的SLIV对应的物理信道接收的结束位置所在时隙与该DCI对应的PUCCH反馈时隙之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, the K 1 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the physical channel reception end position corresponding to the last configured SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI is located and the PUCCH feedback time slot corresponding to the DCI .
可选地,K 1值用于指示DCI对应的多个SLIV中的最后一个配置的SLIV对应的物理信道接收的结束位置所在时间单元与该DCI对应的PUCCH反馈时间单元之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, the K 1 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the end position of the receiving end position of the physical channel corresponding to the last configured SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI and the PUCCH feedback time unit corresponding to the DCI .
可选地,K 1值用于指示DCI对应的多个SLIV中的最后一个有效SLIV对应的物理信道接收的结束位置所在时隙与该DCI对应的PUCCH反馈时隙之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, the K 1 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the time slot where the physical channel reception end position corresponding to the last effective SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI is located and the PUCCH feedback time slot corresponding to the DCI.
可选地,K 1值用于指示DCI对应的多个SLIV中的最后一个有效SLIV对应的物理信道接收的结束位置所在时间单元与该DCI对应的PUCCH反馈时间单元之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, the K 1 value is used to indicate the number of time units between the end position of physical channel reception corresponding to the last valid SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI and the PUCCH feedback time unit corresponding to the DCI.
可选地,在DCI对应的多个SLIV中的最后一个SLIV是动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV的情况下,K 1值用于指示该无效SLIV对应的物理信道接收的结束位置所在时隙与该DCI对应的PUCCH反馈时隙之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, in the case where the last SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI is an invalid SLIV determined by dynamic scheduling parameters, the K 1 value is used to indicate that the time slot where the physical channel reception end position corresponding to the invalid SLIV is located is the same as the The number of time units between PUCCH feedback slots corresponding to the DCI.
可选地,在DCI对应的多个SLIV中的最后一个SLIV是动态调度参数的无效SLIV的情况下,K 1值用于指示该无效SLIV对应的物理信道接收的结束位置所在时间单元与该DCI对应的PUCCH反馈时间单元之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, in the case where the last SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI is an invalid SLIV of the dynamic scheduling parameter, the K 1 value is used to indicate that the time unit of the end position of the physical channel reception corresponding to the invalid SLIV is the same as the DCI The number of time units between corresponding PUCCH feedback time units.
可选地,在DCI对应的多个SLIV中的最后一个SLIV是半静态确定的无效SLIV的情况下,K 1值用于指示该无效SLIV对应的物理信道接收的结束位置所在时隙与该DCI对应的PUCCH反馈时隙之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, when the last SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI is an invalid SLIV determined semi-statically, the K 1 value is used to indicate that the time slot where the physical channel reception end position corresponding to the invalid SLIV is located is the same as the DCI The number of time units between corresponding PUCCH feedback slots.
可选地,在DCI对应的多个SLIV中的最后一个SLIV是半静态确定的无效SLIV的情况下,K 1值用于指示该无效SLIV对应的物理信道接收的结束位置所在时间单元与该DCI对应的PUCCH反馈时间单元之间的时间单元个数。 Optionally, in the case that the last SLIV among the multiple SLIVs corresponding to the DCI is an invalid SLIV determined semi-statically, the K 1 value is used to indicate that the time unit of the end position of the physical channel reception corresponding to the invalid SLIV is the same as the DCI The number of time units between corresponding PUCCH feedback time units.
在本申请实施例中,时间单元包括以下一种:一个或多个时隙、一个或多个符号、一个或多个子时隙、一个或多个子帧、一个或多个毫秒、一个或多个秒等。In this embodiment of the application, the time unit includes one of the following: one or more time slots, one or more symbols, one or more sub-slots, one or more sub-frames, one or more milliseconds, one or more Seconds wait.
在一些实施例中,不同的子载波间隔对应的时间单元不同,或者,时间单元是根据子载波间隔确定的。例如,当子载波间隔是480kHz时,时间单元为4个时隙;当子载波间隔是960kHz时,时间单位为8个时隙。In some embodiments, different subcarrier intervals correspond to different time units, or the time unit is determined according to the subcarrier interval. For example, when the subcarrier spacing is 480kHz, the time unit is 4 time slots; when the subcarrier spacing is 960kHz, the time unit is 8 time slots.
在一些实施例中,时间单元的起始位置是根据收到第一控制信息的时隙确定的。或者,时间单元的起始位置是一个相对位置。例如,假设时间单元为4个时隙,收到第一控制信息的时隙为时隙n,则第一个时间单元包括时隙n到时隙n+3;第二个时间单元包括时隙n+4到时隙n+7,第m个时间单元包括时隙n+4*(m-1)到时隙n+3+4*(m-1),等等,以此类推。In some embodiments, the starting position of the time unit is determined according to the time slot in which the first control information is received. Alternatively, the starting position of the time unit is a relative position. For example, assuming that the time unit is 4 time slots, and the time slot receiving the first control information is time slot n, the first time unit includes time slot n to time slot n+3; the second time unit includes time slot From n+4 to time slot n+7, the mth time unit includes time slot n+4*(m-1) to time slot n+3+4*(m-1), and so on.
在一些实施例中,时间单元的起始位置是根据无线帧的起始位置确定的。或者,时间单元的起始位置是一个绝对位置。例如,假设时间单元为4个时隙,则无线帧中的时隙0到时隙3为一个时间单元,时隙4到时隙7为一个时间单元,等等,以此类推。In some embodiments, the start position of the time unit is determined according to the start position of the radio frame. Alternatively, the starting position of the time unit is an absolute position. For example, assuming that the time unit is 4 time slots, then time slot 0 to time slot 3 in the radio frame is a time unit, time slot 4 to time slot 7 is a time unit, and so on.
在一些实施例中,时间单元对应的子载波间隔为配置的子载波间隔。例如时间单元对应的子载波间隔为激活BWP上配置的子载波间隔。In some embodiments, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the time unit is a configured subcarrier spacing. For example, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the time unit is the subcarrier spacing configured on the active BWP.
以PDSCH传输为例进行示意性说明,假设网络设备为第一设备配置的TDRA表格中的信息如表3所示,其中,K 0值用于指示DCI所在时间单元与该多个SLIV中的每个SLIV所在时间单元之间的时间单元个数,这里假设时间单元为2个时隙。当第一设备在时隙n上收到DCI,该DCI中的TDRA信息指示的行索引I为1,以及该DCI中的HARQ进程号指示为1时,该第一设备接收的PDSCH如图7所示。 Taking PDSCH transmission as an example for schematic illustration, it is assumed that the information in the TDRA table configured by the network device for the first device is as shown in Table 3, wherein the K 0 value is used to indicate the time unit where the DCI is located and each of the multiple SLIVs The number of time units between time units where a SLIV is located. Here, it is assumed that the time unit is 2 time slots. When the first device receives DCI on time slot n, the row index I indicated by the TDRA information in the DCI is 1, and the HARQ process number in the DCI indicates 1, the PDSCH received by the first device is shown in Figure 7 shown.
表3:TDRA表格Table 3: TDRA form
Figure PCTCN2021117827-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021117827-appb-000001
上文结合图1至图7,详细描述了本申请的方法实施例,下面结合图8至图10,详细描述本申请的装置实施例。应理解,方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分 可以参见前面方法实施例。The method embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 7 , and the device embodiment of the present application is described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 8 to FIG. 10 . It should be understood that the descriptions of the method embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the device embodiments, therefore, for parts not described in detail, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiments.
图8是本申请一个实施例提供的通信设备的示意性结构图。图8的通信设备800可以为前文提到的第一设备。该通信设备800可以包括接收模块810。接收模块810可用于接收第一控制信息。所述第一控制信息对应多个配置SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;其中,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。Fig. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 800 in FIG. 8 may be the aforementioned first device. The communication device 800 may include a receiving module 810 . The receiving module 810 is configured to receive first control information. The first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein, the invalid SLIVs correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information; or, the invalid SLIVs do not correspond to HARQ processes number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV或基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。Optionally, the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第一符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第一符号的传输方向是基于动态调度参数确定的。Optionally, the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including: the transmission direction of at least one first symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, wherein the first The physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the transmission direction of the at least one first symbol is determined based on a dynamic scheduling parameter.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部符号为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的符号;和/或,所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的频域资源。Optionally, the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including: some or all symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV are symbols in time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or, the invalid Part or all of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the SLIV are frequency domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第二符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第二符号的传输方向是基于半静态配置参数确定的。Optionally, the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, including: the transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, wherein the first A physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the transmission direction of the at least one second symbol is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与以下信息中的至少一种具有关联关系:所述无效SLIV的确定方式,其中,所述无效SLIV的确定方式包括基于半静态配置参数确定和/或基于动态调度参数确定;第一物理信道的传输方向,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道;所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型;以及所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information has an association relationship with at least one of the following information: the method of determining the invalid SLIV, wherein the method of determining the invalid SLIV includes Determined based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters; the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information; the first device is configured The type of the HARQ-ACK codebook; and whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner of determining the invalid SLIV.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, including at least one of the following situations: if the invalid SLIV is based on a semi-static If the invalid SLIV determined by configuration parameters does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is based on dynamic scheduling The invalid SLIV determined by the parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the The above invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:如果所述第一物理信道为上行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述第一物理信道为侧行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述第一物理信道为下行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations: if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; - ACK information; if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device definite.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured on the first device.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的;如果所述第一设备未被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述第一设备被配置第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device, including at least one of the following situations: if The first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV; if the first A device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, then the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook , the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;和/或,如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV Determined, including: if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and/or, if the invalid SLIV is based on If the invalid SLIV is determined by the dynamic scheduling parameter, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号,且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV The determined includes: if the invalid SLIV is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本。Optionally, the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
可选地,所述第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本,eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本和Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中的至少一种。Optionally, the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one of Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook.
可选地,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息,包括:所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。Optionally, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, including: the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系,包括:当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is related to whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information, including: when the invalid SLIV When corresponding to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV has an association relationship with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling.
可选地,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备未被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。Optionally, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is not configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
可选地,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应ACK信息。Optionally, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to ACK information.
可选地,所述绑定包括时域绑定、物理信道绑定和空域绑定中的至少一种。Optionally, the bundling includes at least one of time domain bundling, physical channel bundling, and air domain bundling.
可选地,所述无效SLIV包括所述多个配置SLIV中的不对应第一物理信道传输的配置SLIV,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道。Optionally, the invalid SLIV includes a configuration SLIV among the plurality of configuration SLIVs that does not correspond to transmission of a first physical channel, and the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information.
可选地,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息DCI或侧行控制信息。Optionally, the first control information is downlink control information DCI or sidelink control information.
图9是本申请一个实施例提供的通信设备的示意性结构图。图9的通信设备900可以为前文提到的第二设备。该通信设备900可以包括发送模块910。发送模块910可用于发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;其中,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 900 in FIG. 9 may be the aforementioned second device. The communication device 900 may include a sending module 910 . The sending module 910 may be configured to send first control information, where the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs; wherein, the invalid SLIVs correspond to HARQ process numbers and/or HARQ-ACK information ; Or, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV或基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。Optionally, the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第一符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第一符号的传输方向是基于动态调度参数确定的。Optionally, the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including: the transmission direction of at least one first symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, wherein the first The physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the transmission direction of the at least one first symbol is determined based on a dynamic scheduling parameter.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部符号为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的符号;和/或,所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的频域资源。Optionally, the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including: some or all symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV are symbols in time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or, the invalid Part or all of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the SLIV are frequency domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第二符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第二符号的传输方向是基于半静态配置参数确定的。Optionally, the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, including: the transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, wherein the first A physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the transmission direction of the at least one second symbol is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与以下信息中的至少一种具有关联关系:所述无效SLIV的确定方式,其中,所述无效SLIV的确定方式包括基于半静态配置参数确定和/或基于动态调度参数确定;第一物理信道的传输方向,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道;所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型;以及所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information has an association relationship with at least one of the following information: the method of determining the invalid SLIV, wherein the method of determining the invalid SLIV includes Determined based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters; the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information; the first device is configured The type of the HARQ-ACK codebook; and whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process ID and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner of determining the invalid SLIV.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, including at least one of the following situations: if the invalid SLIV is based on a semi-static If the invalid SLIV determined by configuration parameters does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is based on dynamic scheduling The invalid SLIV determined by the parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information; if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the The above invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道 的传输方向确定的。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:如果所述第一物理信道为上行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述第一物理信道为侧行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述第一物理信道为下行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations: if the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; - ACK information; if the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device definite.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的;如果所述第一设备未被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;如果所述第一设备被配置第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device, including at least one of the following situations: if The first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, and whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV; if the first A device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, then the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; if the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook , the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;和/或,如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV Determined, including: if the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and/or, if the invalid SLIV is based on If the invalid SLIV is determined by the dynamic scheduling parameter, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号,且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, if the first device is configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is based on the determination method of the invalid SLIV The determined includes: if the invalid SLIV is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
可选地,所述第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本。Optionally, the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
可选地,所述第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本,eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本和Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中的至少一种。Optionally, the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes at least one of Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook.
可选地,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息,包括:所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。Optionally, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, including: the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
可选地,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系,包括:当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系。Optionally, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is related to whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information, including: when the invalid SLIV When corresponding to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV has an association relationship with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling.
可选地,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备未被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。Optionally, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is not configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
可选地,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应ACK信息。Optionally, when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on bundling, then the invalid SLIV corresponds to ACK information.
可选地,所述绑定包括时域绑定、物理信道绑定和空域绑定中的至少一种。Optionally, the bundling includes at least one of time domain bundling, physical channel bundling, and air domain bundling.
可选地,所述无效SLIV包括所述多个配置SLIV中的不对应第一物理信道传输的配置SLIV,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道。Optionally, the invalid SLIV includes a configuration SLIV among the plurality of configuration SLIVs that does not correspond to transmission of a first physical channel, and the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information.
可选地,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息DCI或侧行控制信息。Optionally, the first control information is downlink control information DCI or sidelink control information.
图10是本申请实施例的装置的示意性结构图。图10中的虚线表示该单元或模块为可选的。该装置1000可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法。装置1000可以是芯片、终端设备或网络设备。Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a device according to an embodiment of the present application. The dashed line in Figure 10 indicates that the unit or module is optional. The apparatus 1000 may be used to implement the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. The apparatus 1000 may be a chip, a terminal device or a network device.
装置1000可以包括一个或多个处理器1010。该处理器1010可支持装置1000实现前文方法实施例所描述的方法。该处理器1010可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器。例如,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)。或者,该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。Apparatus 1000 may include one or more processors 1010 . The processor 1010 can support the device 1000 to implement the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. The processor 1010 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor. For example, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU). Alternatively, the processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits, ASICs), off-the-shelf programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate arrays, FPGAs) Or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
装置1000还可以包括一个或多个存储器1020。存储器1020上存储有程序,该程序可以被处理器1010执行,使得处理器1010执行前文方法实施例所描述的方法。存储器1020可以独立于处理器1010也可以集成在处理器1010中。Apparatus 1000 may also include one or more memories 1020 . A program is stored in the memory 1020, and the program can be executed by the processor 1010, so that the processor 1010 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. The memory 1020 may be independent of the processor 1010 or may be integrated in the processor 1010 .
装置1000还可以包括收发器1030。处理器1010可以通过收发器1030与其他设备或芯片进行通信。例如,处理器1010可以通过收发器1030与其他设备或芯片进行数据收发。The apparatus 1000 may also include a transceiver 1030 . The processor 1010 can communicate with other devices or chips through the transceiver 1030 . For example, the processor 1010 may send and receive data with other devices or chips through the transceiver 1030 .
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储程序。该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例提供的终端或网络设备中,并且该程序使得计算机执行本申请各个实施例中的由终端或网络设备执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing programs. The computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the terminal or the network device provided in the embodiments of the present application, and the program enables the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or the network device in the various embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品。该计算机程序产品包括程序。该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例提供的终端或网络设备中,并且该程序使得计算机执行本申请各个实施例中的由终端或网络设备执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes programs. The computer program product can be applied to the terminal or the network device provided in the embodiments of the present application, and the program enables the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or the network device in the various embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序。该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例提供的终端或网络设备中,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请各个实施例中的由终端或网络设备执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program. The computer program can be applied to the terminal or the network device provided in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the methods performed by the terminal or the network device in the various embodiments of the present application.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B may also be determined according to A and/or other information.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够读取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字通用光盘(digital video disc,DVD))或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be read by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital versatile disc (digital video disc, DVD)) or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD) )wait.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (98)

  1. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for wireless communication, comprising:
    第一设备接收第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置起始长度指示SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;The first device receives first control information, where the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration start length indication SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs;
    其中,所述无效SLIV对应混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号和/或混合自动重传请求-确认HARQ-ACK信息;或者,Wherein, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process number and/or hybrid automatic repeat request-confirmation HARQ-ACK information; or,
    所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。The invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV或基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。The method according to claim 1, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, comprising:
    所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第一符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第一符号的传输方向是基于动态调度参数确定的。The transmission direction of the at least one first symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the at least one first The transmission direction of symbols is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including:
    所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部符号为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的符号;和/或,Part or all of the symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV are symbols in time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or,
    所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的频域资源。Part or all of the frequency-domain resources corresponding to the invalid SLIV are frequency-domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, including:
    所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第二符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第二符号的传输方向是基于半静态配置参数确定的。The transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the at least one second symbol The direction of transmission of symbols is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与以下信息中的至少一种具有关联关系:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is associated with at least one of the following information:
    所述无效SLIV的确定方式,其中,所述无效SLIV的确定方式包括基于半静态配置参数确定和/或基于动态调度参数确定;The method of determining the invalid SLIV, wherein the method of determining the invalid SLIV includes determining based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determining based on dynamic scheduling parameters;
    第一物理信道的传输方向,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道;The transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information;
    所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型;以及The type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device; and
    所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式。Whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation manner.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。The method according to claim 6, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on a determination manner of the invalid SLIV.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 7, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, including at least one of the following situations:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的。The method according to claim 6, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 9, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations kind:
    如果所述第一物理信道为上行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一物理信道为侧行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一物理信道为下行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。If the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
  11. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。The method according to claim 6, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the configured HARQ-ACK codebook of the first device.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the configured HARQ-ACK codebook of the first device , including at least one of the following:
    如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的;If the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determination method;
    如果所述第一设备未被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一设备被配置第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner in which the invalid SLIV is determined, including:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;和/或,If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and/or,
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner in which the invalid SLIV is determined, including:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号,且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本。The method according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein the HARQ-ACK codebook of the first type comprises a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  16. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本,eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本和Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中的至少一种。The method according to claim 12, wherein the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook at least one of these.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息,包括:所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, including: the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information .
  18. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is associated with whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information relationships, including:
    当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系。When the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV has an association relationship with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding.
  19. 根据权利要求6或18所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备未被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。The method according to claim 6 or 18, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is not configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method, then the An invalid SLIV corresponds to a NACK message.
  20. 根据权利要求6或18所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应ACK信息。The method according to claim 6 or 18, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is configured with binding-based HARQ-ACK information generation, the invalid SLIV corresponds to ACK information.
  21. 根据权利要求6、18-20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述绑定包括时域绑定、物理信道绑定和空域绑定中的至少一种。The method according to any one of claims 6, 18-20, wherein the bundling includes at least one of time domain bundling, physical channel bundling and air domain bundling.
  22. 根据权利要求1-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV包括所述多个配置SLIV中的不对应第一物理信道传输的配置SLIV,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道。The method according to any one of claims 1-21, wherein the invalid SLIV includes a configuration SLIV among the plurality of configuration SLIVs that does not correspond to the transmission of the first physical channel, and the first physical channel is A physical channel scheduled by the first control information.
  23. 根据权利要求1-22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息DCI或侧行控制信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-22, wherein the first control information is downlink control information DCI or sidelink control information.
  24. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for wireless communication, comprising:
    第二设备发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置起始长度指示SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;The second device sends first control information, where the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration start length indication SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs;
    其中,所述无效SLIV对应混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,Wherein, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; or,
    所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。The invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV或基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。The method according to claim 24, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, comprising:
    所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第一符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第一符号的传输方向是基于动态调度参数确定的。The transmission direction of the at least one first symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the at least one first The transmission direction of symbols is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, comprising:
    所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部符号为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的符号;和/或,Part or all of the symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV are symbols in time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or,
    所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的频域资源。Part or all of the frequency-domain resources corresponding to the invalid SLIV are frequency-domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
  28. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, comprising:
    所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第二符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第二符号的传输方向是基于半静态配置参数确定的。The transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the at least one second symbol The direction of transmission of symbols is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  29. 根据权利要求24-28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与以下信息中的至少一种具有关联关系:The method according to any one of claims 24-28, characterized in that whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is associated with at least one of the following information:
    所述无效SLIV的确定方式,其中,所述无效SLIV的确定方式包括基于半静态配置参数确定和/或基于动态调度参数确定;The method of determining the invalid SLIV, wherein the method of determining the invalid SLIV includes determining based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determining based on dynamic scheduling parameters;
    第一物理信道的传输方向,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道;The transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information;
    所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型;以及The type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device; and
    所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式。Whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation manner.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。The method according to claim 29, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determining manner of the invalid SLIV.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 30, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, including at least one of the following situations:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  32. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的。The method according to claim 29, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 32, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations kind:
    如果所述第一物理信道为上行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一物理信道为侧行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一物理信道为下行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。If the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
  34. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。The method according to claim 29, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the configured HARQ-ACK codebook of the first device.
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 33 or 34, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device , including at least one of the following:
    如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的;If the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determination method;
    如果所述第一设备未被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一设备被配置第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:The method according to claim 35, wherein if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner in which the invalid SLIV is determined, including:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;和/或,If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and/or,
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:The method according to claim 35, wherein if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner in which the invalid SLIV is determined, including:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号,且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  38. 根据权利要求35-37中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本。The method according to any one of claims 35-37, wherein the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook comprises a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  39. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本,eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本和Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中的至少一种。The method according to claim 35, wherein the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK codebook at least one of these.
  40. 根据权利要求24-39中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息,包括:所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。The method according to any one of claims 24-39, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, including: the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information .
  41. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系,包括:The method according to claim 29, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is associated with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding relationships, including:
    当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系。When the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV has an association relationship with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding.
  42. 根据权利要求29或41所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备未被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。The method according to claim 29 or 41, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is not configured with binding-based HARQ-ACK information generation, then the An invalid SLIV corresponds to a NACK message.
  43. 根据权利要求29或41所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应ACK信息。The method according to claim 29 or 41, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is configured with binding-based HARQ-ACK information generation, the invalid SLIV corresponds to ACK information.
  44. 根据权利要求29、41-43中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述绑定包括时域绑定、物理信道绑定和空域绑定中的至少一种。The method according to any one of claims 29, 41-43, wherein the bundling includes at least one of time domain bundling, physical channel bundling and air domain bundling.
  45. 根据权利要求24-44中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV包括所述多个配置SLIV中的不对应第一物理信道传输的配置SLIV,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道。The method according to any one of claims 24-44, wherein the invalid SLIV includes a configuration SLIV among the plurality of configuration SLIVs that does not correspond to the transmission of the first physical channel, and the first physical channel is A physical channel scheduled by the first control information.
  46. 根据权利要求24-45中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息DCI或侧行控制信息。The method according to any one of claims 24-45, wherein the first control information is downlink control information DCI or sidelink control information.
  47. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备为第一设备,所述第一设备包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is a first device, and the first device includes:
    接收模块,用于接收第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置起始长度指示SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;A receiving module, configured to receive first control information, where the first control information corresponds to a plurality of configuration start length indication SLIVs, and the plurality of configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs;
    其中,所述无效SLIV对应混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,Wherein, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; or,
    所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。The invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV或基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。The communication device according to claim 47, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The communication device according to claim 48, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, comprising:
    所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第一符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第一符号的传输方向是基于动态调 度参数确定的。The transmission direction of the at least one first symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the at least one first The transmission direction of symbols is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The communication device according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including:
    所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部符号为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的符号;和/或,Part or all of the symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV are symbols in time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or,
    所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的频域资源。Part or all of the frequency-domain resources corresponding to the invalid SLIV are frequency-domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
  51. 根据权利要求48所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The communication device according to claim 48, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, including:
    所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第二符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第二符号的传输方向是基于半静态配置参数确定的。The transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the at least one second symbol The direction of transmission of symbols is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  52. 根据权利要求47-51中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与以下信息中的至少一种具有关联关系:The communication device according to any one of claims 47-51, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information has an association relationship with at least one of the following information:
    所述无效SLIV的确定方式,其中,所述无效SLIV的确定方式包括基于半静态配置参数确定和/或基于动态调度参数确定;The method of determining the invalid SLIV, wherein the method of determining the invalid SLIV includes determining based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determining based on dynamic scheduling parameters;
    第一物理信道的传输方向,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道;The transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information;
    所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型;以及The type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device; and
    所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式。Whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation manner.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。The communication device according to claim 52, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on a manner of determining the invalid SLIV.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The communication device according to claim 53, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, including at least one of the following situations :
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  55. 根据权利要求52所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的。The communication device according to claim 52, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The communication device according to claim 55, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations A sort of:
    如果所述第一物理信道为上行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一物理信道为侧行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一物理信道为下行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。If the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
  57. 根据权利要求52所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。The communication device according to claim 52, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
  58. 根据权利要求56或57所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The communication device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device , including at least one of the following:
    如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的;If the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determination method;
    如果所述第一设备未被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一设备被配置第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:The communication device according to claim 58, wherein if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK Information is determined based on the manner in which the invalid SLIV was determined, including:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;和/或,If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and/or,
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  60. 根据权利要求58所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:The communication device according to claim 58, wherein if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK Information is determined based on the manner in which the invalid SLIV was determined, including:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号,且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  61. 根据权利要求58-60中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本。The communication device according to any one of claims 58-60, wherein the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook comprises a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  62. 根据权利要求58所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本,eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本和Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中的至少一种。The communication device according to claim 58, wherein the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK at least one of the codebooks.
  63. 根据权利要求47-62中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息,包括:所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 47-62, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, including: the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
  64. 根据权利要求52所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系,包括:The communication device according to claim 52, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is related to whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information Relationships, including:
    当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系。When the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV has an association relationship with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding.
  65. 根据权利要求52或64所述的通信设备,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备未被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。The communication device according to claim 52 or 64, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is not configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method, then the The above invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
  66. 根据权利要求52或64所述的通信设备,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应ACK信息。The communication device according to claim 52 or 64, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding, then the Invalid SLIV corresponds to ACK information.
  67. 根据权利要求52、64-66中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述绑定包括时域绑定、物理信道绑定和空域绑定中的至少一种。The communication device according to any one of claims 52, 64-66, wherein the bundling includes at least one of time domain bundling, physical channel bundling and air domain bundling.
  68. 根据权利要求47-67中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV包括所述多个配置SLIV中的不对应第一物理信道传输的配置SLIV,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道。The communication device according to any one of claims 47-67, wherein the invalid SLIV includes a configuration SLIV among the plurality of configuration SLIVs that does not correspond to the transmission of the first physical channel, and the first physical channel A physical channel scheduled for the first control information.
  69. 根据权利要求47-68中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息DCI或侧行控制信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 47-68, wherein the first control information is downlink control information DCI or sidelink control information.
  70. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备为第二设备,所述第二设备包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is a second device, and the second device includes:
    发送模块,用于发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息对应多个配置起始长度指示SLIV,所述多个配置SLIV包括无效SLIV;A sending module, configured to send first control information, where the first control information corresponds to multiple configuration start length indication SLIVs, and the multiple configuration SLIVs include invalid SLIVs;
    其中,所述无效SLIV对应混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;或者,Wherein, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; or,
    所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。The invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV或基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV。The communication device according to claim 70, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters or an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The communication device according to claim 71, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, comprising:
    所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第一符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第一符号的传输方向是基于动态调度参数确定的。The transmission direction of the at least one first symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the at least one first The transmission direction of symbols is determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters.
  73. 根据权利要求71或72所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The communication device according to claim 71 or 72, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, including:
    所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部符号为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的符号;和/或,Part or all of the symbols corresponding to the invalid SLIV are symbols in time-frequency resources used for rate matching; and/or,
    所述无效SLIV对应的部分或全部频域资源为用于速率匹配的时频资源内的频域资源。Part or all of the frequency-domain resources corresponding to the invalid SLIV are frequency-domain resources within the time-frequency resources used for rate matching.
  74. 根据权利要求71所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,包括:The communication device according to claim 71, wherein the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, including:
    所述无效SLIV对应的至少一个第二符号的传输方向与第一物理信道的传输方向不同,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道,所述至少一个第二符号的传输方向是基于半静态配置参数确定的。The transmission direction of at least one second symbol corresponding to the invalid SLIV is different from the transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information, and the at least one second symbol The direction of transmission of symbols is determined based on semi-static configuration parameters.
  75. 根据权利要求70-74中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与以下信息中的至少一种具有关联关系:The communication device according to any one of claims 70-74, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information has an association relationship with at least one of the following information:
    所述无效SLIV的确定方式,其中,所述无效SLIV的确定方式包括基于半静态配置参数确定和/或基于动态调度参数确定;The method of determining the invalid SLIV, wherein the method of determining the invalid SLIV includes determining based on semi-static configuration parameters and/or determining based on dynamic scheduling parameters;
    第一物理信道的传输方向,其中,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道;The transmission direction of the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is a physical channel scheduled by the first control information;
    所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型;以及The type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device; and
    所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式。Whether the first device is configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation manner.
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的。The communication device according to claim 75, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the manner of determining the invalid SLIV.
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The communication device according to claim 76, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the determination of the invalid SLIV, including at least one of the following situations :
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  78. 根据权利要求75所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的。The communication device according to claim 75, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel.
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一物理信道的传输方向确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The communication device according to claim 78, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the transmission direction of the first physical channel, including at least one of the following situations A sort of:
    如果所述第一物理信道为上行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first physical channel is an uplink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一物理信道为侧行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first physical channel is a sidelink physical channel, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一物理信道为下行物理信道,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。If the first physical channel is a downlink physical channel, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the HARQ-ACK codebook configured for the first device.
  80. 根据权利要求75所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的。The communication device according to claim 75, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the configured HARQ-ACK codebook of the first device.
  81. 根据权利要求79或80所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述第一设备被配置的HARQ-ACK码本的类型确定的,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The communication device according to claim 79 or 80, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or the HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the type of the configured HARQ-ACK codebook of the first device , including at least one of the following:
    如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的;If the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to a HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is determined based on the invalid SLIV determination method;
    如果所述第一设备未被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;If the first device is not configured with the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information;
    如果所述第一设备被配置第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the first device is configured with the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID and/or the HARQ-ACK information.
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:The communication device according to claim 81, wherein if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK Information is determined based on the manner in which the invalid SLIV was determined, including:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于半静态配置参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息;和/或,If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on semi-static configuration parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information; and/or,
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process ID and/or HARQ-ACK information.
  83. 根据权利要求81所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述如果所述第一设备被配置第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本,则所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息是基于所述无效SLIV的确定方式确定的,包括:The communication device according to claim 81, wherein if the first device is configured with a first type of HARQ-ACK codebook, whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK Information is determined based on the manner in which the invalid SLIV was determined, including:
    如果所述无效SLIV是基于动态调度参数确定的无效SLIV,则所述无效SLIV不对应HARQ进程号,且所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息。If the invalid SLIV is an invalid SLIV determined based on dynamic scheduling parameters, the invalid SLIV does not correspond to the HARQ process ID, and the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information.
  84. 根据权利要求81-83中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-1 HARQ-ACK码本。The communication device according to any one of claims 81-83, wherein the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook comprises a Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook.
  85. 根据权利要求81所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第二类型的HARQ-ACK码本包括Type-2 HARQ-ACK码本,eType-2 HARQ-ACK码本和Type-3 HARQ-ACK码本中的至少一种。The communication device according to claim 81, wherein the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes Type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, eType-2 HARQ-ACK codebook and Type-3 HARQ-ACK at least one of the codebooks.
  86. 根据权利要求70-85中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息,包括:所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 70-85, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, including: the invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
  87. 根据权利要求75所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV是否对应HARQ进程号和/或HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系,包括:The communication device according to claim 75, wherein whether the invalid SLIV corresponds to the HARQ process number and/or HARQ-ACK information is related to whether the first device is configured to generate binding-based HARQ-ACK information Relationships, including:
    当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,所述无效SLIV对应的HARQ-ACK信息与所述第一设备是否被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式具有关联关系。When the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the invalid SLIV has an association relationship with whether the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding.
  88. 根据权利要求75或87所述的通信设备,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备未被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应NACK信息。The communication device according to claim 75 or 87, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is not configured with a bundling-based HARQ-ACK information generation method, then the The above invalid SLIV corresponds to NACK information.
  89. 根据权利要求75或87所述的通信设备,其特征在于,当所述无效SLIV对应HARQ-ACK信息时,如果所述第一设备被配置基于绑定的HARQ-ACK信息生成方式,则所述无效SLIV对应ACK信息。The communication device according to claim 75 or 87, wherein when the invalid SLIV corresponds to HARQ-ACK information, if the first device is configured to generate HARQ-ACK information based on binding, then the Invalid SLIV corresponds to ACK information.
  90. 根据权利要求75、87-89中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述绑定包括时域绑定、物理信道绑定和空域绑定中的至少一种。The communication device according to any one of claims 75, 87-89, wherein the bundling includes at least one of time domain bundling, physical channel bundling and air domain bundling.
  91. 根据权利要求70-90中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述无效SLIV包括所述多个配置SLIV中的不对应第一物理信道传输的配置SLIV,所述第一物理信道为所述第一控制信息调度的物理信道。The communication device according to any one of claims 70-90, wherein the invalid SLIV includes a configuration SLIV among the plurality of configuration SLIVs that does not correspond to the transmission of the first physical channel, and the first physical channel A physical channel scheduled for the first control information.
  92. 根据权利要求70-91中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为下行控制信息DCI或侧行控制信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 70-91, wherein the first control information is downlink control information DCI or sidelink control information.
  93. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储程序,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序,以执行如权利要求1-46中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store programs, and the processor is used to call the programs in the memory to execute any one of claims 1-46 Methods.
  94. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用程序,以执行如权利要求1-46中任一项所述的方法。An apparatus, characterized by comprising a processor, configured to call a program from a memory to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-46.
  95. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于从存储器调用程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1-46中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising a processor, configured to call a program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1-46.
  96. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-46中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a program is stored thereon, and the program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-46.
  97. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括程序,所述程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-46中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising a program, the program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-46.
  98. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-46中任一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-46.
PCT/CN2021/117827 2021-09-10 2021-09-10 Wireless communication method and communication device WO2023035251A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/117827 WO2023035251A1 (en) 2021-09-10 2021-09-10 Wireless communication method and communication device
CN202180100992.3A CN117730595A (en) 2021-09-10 2021-09-10 Wireless communication method and communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/117827 WO2023035251A1 (en) 2021-09-10 2021-09-10 Wireless communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023035251A1 true WO2023035251A1 (en) 2023-03-16

Family

ID=85506988

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/117827 WO2023035251A1 (en) 2021-09-10 2021-09-10 Wireless communication method and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117730595A (en)
WO (1) WO2023035251A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110311762A (en) * 2019-07-16 2019-10-08 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 Feedback information transmission method, device, terminal and storage medium
US20200389897A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2020-12-10 Bishwarup Mondal Pucch and pdsch in multiplexed nr applications
CN112788760A (en) * 2019-11-08 2021-05-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method for determining hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement HARQ-ACK feedback position and communication equipment

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110311762A (en) * 2019-07-16 2019-10-08 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 Feedback information transmission method, device, terminal and storage medium
US20200389897A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2020-12-10 Bishwarup Mondal Pucch and pdsch in multiplexed nr applications
CN112788760A (en) * 2019-11-08 2021-05-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method for determining hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement HARQ-ACK feedback position and communication equipment

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "PDSCH/PUSCH enhancements for up to 71GHz operation", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2106960, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210816 - 20210827, 7 August 2021 (2021-08-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052038133 *
SONY: "PDSCH/PUSCH enhancements for NR from 52.6 GHz to 71 GHz", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2105158, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210510 - 20210527, 12 May 2021 (2021-05-12), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052011237 *
WILUS INC.: "Discussion on HARQ-ACK enhancement for URLLC/IIoT", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2101675, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210125 - 20210205, 19 January 2021 (2021-01-19), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051971828 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117730595A (en) 2024-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11758537B2 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission of terminal in wireless communication system
JP5560332B2 (en) DL backhaul control channel design for relay
US20230069882A1 (en) Method for configuring sidelink feedback resource, terminal device, and network device
WO2018030158A1 (en) Communication device, communication method, and program
CN108370571A (en) User equipment, base station and method for low latency wireless communication
WO2018030076A1 (en) Communication device, communication method, and program
US20220407629A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
CN109565709B (en) Communication apparatus, communication method, and recording medium
US20230063901A1 (en) Sidelink feedback method and terminal device
CN114788204B (en) Method, device and equipment for determining state of HARQ (hybrid automatic repeat request) process
WO2021196232A1 (en) Physical channel resource mapping method, terminal device, and network device
WO2019174055A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
JP7419553B2 (en) Feedback resource determination method and feedback resource determination device
US20150215882A1 (en) User equipment and methods for device-to-device communication over an lte air interface
WO2020063596A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023035251A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication device
JP6814636B2 (en) Terminal devices, integrated circuits, and communication methods
WO2023039811A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023279399A1 (en) Sidelink transmission resource determination method and sending method and apparatus, device, and medium
WO2024026678A1 (en) Wireless communication methods, terminal devices and network devices
WO2023077321A1 (en) Communication method and terminal device
WO2024000591A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication device
US20230344606A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2022077346A1 (en) Channel transmission method, terminal device and network device
WO2022141652A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21956434

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1